ALPHANET SOLUTIONS INC
10-K, 2000-03-30
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: PIXAR \CA\, 10-K405, 2000-03-30
Next: WESTELL TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-K, 2000-03-30




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                 ---------------
                                    FORM 10-K


                                  ANNUAL REPORT
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934




                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999

                           Commission File No. 0-27042

                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.
                            ------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


          New Jersey                               22-2554535
- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------
(State of Other Jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of Incorporation or Organization)


               7 Ridgedale Avenue, Cedar Knolls, New Jersey 07927
               --------------------------------------------------
           (Address of Principal Executive Office, including Zip Code)


                                 (973) 267-0088
                                 --------------
                         (Registrant's telephone number
                              including area code)


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                      None

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:


                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of Class)


<PAGE>


           Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  Registrant:  (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.


Yes                X                               No
              ------------                                    ------------



           Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]


           At February 29, 2000, 6,313,130 shares of Common Stock of the Company
were   outstanding.   The  aggregate  market  value  of  Common  Stock  held  by
non-affiliates on February 29, 2000, based on the last sales price on such date,
was approximately $31,095,000.


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


           The  following  documents  are  incorporated  by reference  into this
Annual  Report on Form  10-K:  Portions  of the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy
Statement  for its 2000  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  are  incorporated  by
reference into Part III of this Report.


<PAGE>


                 TABLE OF CONTENTS


                Item
Page

PART I     1.   Business......................................................2

           2.   Properties...................................................14

           3.   Legal Proceedings............................................14

           4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..........15


PART II    5.   Market for the Company's Common Equity
                and Related Shareholder Matters..............................16

           6.   Selected Financial Data......................................16

           7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                Results of Operations and Financial Condition................18

           7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk....32

           8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data..................32

           9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......................32


PART III   10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company..............33

           11.  Executive Compensation.......................................33

           12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                Owners and Management........................................33

           13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............33


PART IV    14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
                and Reports on Form 8-K......................................34

EXHIBIT INDEX................................................................35

FINANCIAL DATA AND SCHEDULES................................................F-1

SIGNATURES

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1.        Business.

General

           AlphaNet Solutions,  Inc. ("AlphaNet  Solutions" or the "Company") is
an information  technology  ("IT")  professional  services firm  specializing in
network  design,  operation,  management,  and security.  Through its Enterprise
Network Management Division,  the Company also offers remote network management,
call center support, and managed security services.  The Company's customers are
primarily  Fortune 1000 and other large and mid-sized  companies  located in the
New York-to-Philadelphia corridor.

           Major professional services customers include PSE&G, Mercedes-Benz of
North America,  Summit Bank, Goldman Sachs & Co., Nabisco,  Innovex,  Matsushita
Electronic,  UGO Networks, Inc., Mobius Management and New York City Transit, an
agency of the  Metropolitan  Transportation  Authority  of the State of New York
(the "MTA").

            AlphaNet  Solutions has a 15-year history of responding  effectively
to  new   opportunities   in  the   fast-changing   IT  field.   Starting  as  a
product-focused  reseller of technology hardware, the Company has over the years
met the changing  needs of its customers by  transforming  itself from a systems
integrator  to  the  Company  it is  today:  an  IT  professional  services  and
networking  infrastructure  services  firm,  focused on meeting  the  escalating
high-technology  needs of leading  organizations  in virtually  every  industry,
including   financial   services,   manufacturing,    telecommunications,    and
pharmaceuticals.

           The  Company's   continued  expansion  of  its  capabilities  in  the
high-end,  networking infrastructure  professional services sector was evidenced
by two recent key events:

o     The  purchase of   a 30%  preferred  stock  interest  in   nex-i.com  inc.
      nex-i.com is a Princeton,  New Jersey-based network services provider that
      installs fully integrated  networks in  multi-tenanted  office  buildings,
      so-called "Smart Buildings." As of January 2000, nex-i.com's services were
      used in seven  buildings  in New  Jersey  and  metropolitan  Philadelphia,
      representing  over 1.5  million  square feet of office  space.  Another 43
      buildings,  representing  an additional  5.5 million square feet of office
      space,  are under  contract and being added to  nex-i.com's  network.  The
      Company's  investment  in  nex-i.com  enables  the  Company  to expand its
      presence and penetration  within the small to mid-sized business sector by
      offering a wide range of network management, information security, network
      implementation, and Internet-related services to nex-i.com's customers.

o     The divestiture of the Company's  telecommunications  business.  Effective
      December 31, 1999, the Company  divested its  telecommunications  business
      consistent  with the  Company's  migration  strategy  from the  low-margin
      product-provider   niche  to  the   high-end  IT  network   infrastructure
      consulting services field.

           The  Company  is  authorized  by  many  leading  manufacturers  of IT
products,  such as 3Com,  Cisco Systems,  Compaq,  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM, Intel,
Lucent   Technologies,   Microsoft,   NEC,  Nortel  Networks,   Novell  and  Sun

                                       2
<PAGE>

Microsystems  to resell  their  products  and  provide  related  services.  Such
products include workstations, servers, networking and communications equipment,
enterprise computing products, and application software. Through its established
vendor  alliances  with major  aggregators  of computer  hardware and  software,
Ingram Micro, Inc.  ("Ingram"),  Pinacor,  Inc., an affiliate of MicroAge,  Inc.
("Pinacor"),  and Tech Data Corporation  ("Tech Data"), the Company provides its
customers with competitive  pricing and such value-added  services as electronic
product ordering, product configuration, testing, warehousing and delivery.

           AlphaNet  Solutions  was  incorporated  in the State of New Jersey in
1984 under the name AlphaTronics Associates,  Inc. In December 1995, the Company
changed  its name to  AlphaNet  Solutions,  Inc.  The  address of its  principal
executive offices is 7 Ridgedale Avenue, Cedar Knolls, New Jersey 07927, and its
telephone number is (973) 267-0088.

           "AlphaNet  Solutions,"  eMobile  Solutions and the Company's logo are
marks of the  Company.  All other  trade  names,  trademarks  or  service  marks
appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  are the  property  of  their
respective owners and are not the property of the Company.


Forward-Looking Statements

           Certain  statements  are included in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K
which are not  historical  and are  "forward-looking,"  and may be identified by
such terms as "expect," "believe," "may," "will," and "intend" or similar terms.
These  forward-looking  statements may include,  without limitation,  statements
regarding the  anticipated  growth in the IT markets,  the  continuation  of the
trends favoring outsourcing of management  information systems ("MIS") functions
by large and mid-sized  companies,  the anticipated growth and higher margins in
the  services  and  support  component  of  our  business,  the  timing  of  the
development and implementation of AlphaNet  Solutions' new service offerings and
the  utilization  of such  services  by our  customers,  and  trends  in  future
operating performance,  are forward-looking statements within the meaning of The
Private  Securities   Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such   forward-looking
statements include risks and uncertainties,  including,  but not limited to: (i)
the  substantial  variability  of our quarterly  operating  results  caused by a
variety of factors, some of which are not within our control,  including (a) the
short-term  nature  of our  customers'  commitments,  (b)  patterns  of  capital
spending by our customers,  (c) the timing,  size and mix of product and service
orders and  deliveries,  (d) the timing and size of new  projects,  (e)  pricing
changes in response to various competitive factors, (f) market factors affecting
the availability of qualified technical  personnel,  (g) the timing and customer
acceptance of new product and service offerings, (h) changes in trends affecting
outsourcing of IT services,  (i) disruption in sources of supply, (j) changes in
product,  personnel  and other  operating  costs,  and (k)  industry and general
economic conditions; (ii) changes in technical personnel billing and utilization
rates  which are likely to be  adversely  affected  during  periods of rapid and
concentrated  hiring;  (iii) the  intense  competition  in the  markets  for our
products and services;  (iv) our ability to effectively  manage our growth which
will require us to continue developing and improving our operational,  financial
and other internal systems;  (v) the ability to develop,  market,  provide,  and
achieve  market  acceptance  of  new  service  offerings  to  new  and  existing
customers;  (vi) our  ability to  attract,  hire,  train,  and retain  qualified

                                       3
<PAGE>

technical personnel in an increasingly competitive market; (vii) our substantial
reliance  on a  concentrated  number  of  key  customers;  (viii)  uncertainties
relating to potential acquisitions,  if any, made by AlphaNet Solutions, such as
our ability to integrate  acquired  operations  and to retain key  customers and
personnel  of the  acquired  business;  and (ix) our  reliance on the  continued
services of key executive  officers and  salespersons.  The possibility that the
currently  installed  computer  systems,  software  products  or other  business
systems of our distributors, manufacturers or customers, working either alone or
in conjunction with other software or systems,  will not accept input of, store,
manipulate  and output  dates in the year 2000 or  thereafter  without  error or
interruption.  Such  risks and  uncertainties  may cause our  actual  results to
differ materially from the results discussed in the  forward-looking  statements
contained in this Annual Report.

Industry Background

           For  most  organizations  today,  IT  is no  longer  just  a  support
function, but an increasingly essential competitive tool. The need to distribute
and access data on a real-time basis within and between  organizations--and  the
rapid proliferation of Internet-based  technology--is  redefining the way people
and organizations "connect."

           Wide Area Network (WAN) and Local Area Network (LAN)  connections are
being  augmented--and in an increasing number of cases,  replaced--by  web-based
infrastructures.  The resulting  efficiencies have made possible the creation of
worldwide  channels of  information  that  redefine  the speed with which people
communicate,  make decisions,  and conduct business. The design,  operation, and
maintenance of these information networks have become increasingly complex tasks
for many  organizations.  Typically,  to  simply  get the  network  operational,
organizations must conduct assessments and make decisions in several key areas:

o          Workstation platform, peripherals, and software applications.
o          Optimal network design.
o          Network security.
o          The level of  network  support  required  to assure  reliable,
           cost-effective operation.

           The sheer  complexity of creating,  maintaining,  and  protecting the
networks  has  spurred  an  increasing  number  of  organizations  to rely on IT
professional  service  firms to help with every  aspect of their IT  operations,
freeing them to focus on their core businesses.

           With the demand for IT professionals dramatically exceeding supply--a
market condition expected to continue--AlphaNet Solutions is well-positioned for
growth.  We engage our  clients  through  professional  service  contracts  that
typically reflect one of three primary forms: project execution,  outsourcing or
delegated  management,  or staff augmentation.  In all cases, AlphaNet Solutions
applies the talent and project  management skills of the organization to achieve
the client's goals.

           AlphaNet Solutions has proven adept at responding  effectively to the
needs of this  evolving  marketplace.  As it  transforms  to a high-end  network
infrastructure  services  company,   AlphaNet  Solutions  is  becoming  uniquely
positioned  to capitalize on the emerging  networking  opportunities  by helping
organizations respond to the needs of their own changing markets.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Services

           AlphaNet  Solutions'  wide range of services  includes remote network
management,  information security services,  Internet-related  services, network
consulting,   workstation  support,  application  development,  help  desk,  and
professional  development  services.  In 1999, services accounted for 39% of the
Company's net sales and 69% of its gross profit.

Professional Services

           The Company's  Professional  Services organization provides customers
with a wide array of IT services on a 24-hour, seven-days-a-week basis. Services
include:

o Network and systems design
o Local and Wide Area Network implementation, installation and administration
o Complete project  management  services
o Technical  staffing for  strategic IT projects
o LAN/WAN performance  analyses and messaging systems
o System migration and upgrade services
o New  technology  feasibility  studies and impact  analyses
o End-user support services and system requirement analyses

           The  Professional  Services  Division also provides  advanced network
support services for many  industry-leading  manufacturers'  products  including
Microsoft, Cisco, Intel, Novell, Sun Microsystems, Nortel Networks, and Compaq.

           As many  large  and  mid-sized  corporations  continue  to  outsource
portions  of their MIS  requirements,  the Company  will  continue to expand its
services to companies in its target markets.

                                       5
<PAGE>

Enterprise Network Management Services

           As part of its overall  mission to offer  complete IT solutions,  the
Company's  Enterprise Network Services Center ("Center") provides remote network
monitoring, resolution management, performance reporting, desktop management and
system  administration  services through  dedicated  communication  links to its
customers' networks. As a single-point-of-contact  installation, the Center is a
central  component of the Company's total system  management and support service
offerings.  The Center is  operational  24 hours a day, seven days a week and is
staffed with highly trained and experienced Network Consultants.

           The  Center  offers  proactive   problem   resolution  by  monitoring
components of a customer's network,  including file servers,  routers,  database
servers,  concentrators,  workstations and printers; and managing the customers'
networks to maximize their  efficiency and minimize  system  downtime,  promptly
notifying customers of problems as they occur, and remedying such problems.  The
customers  are thereby free to focus on their core  business,  while the Company
monitors and manages the day-to-day  operations of the customers'  network.  The
Center represents the Company's continued investment in leading-edge  technology
and dedication to providing its customers with advanced IT solutions.

           The Company provides  end-to-end network services to remote locations
from a single point in New Jersey.  The Center  allows the Company to market its
services to virtually any networked organization.  The high demand for technical
resources,  coupled  with an  increasing  need for  operational  efficiency  and
network security, will lead many organizations to utilize remote network service
options as a way to maximize labor resources,  ensure greater network  security,
and realize cost savings.

Information Security Services

           Vulnerability  to  security   breaches  -  from  hackers  to  serious
corporate  saboteurs - grows in almost  direct  proportion  to the rate at which
companies  expand their  networks.  The Company  provides  Information  Security
solutions to help its  customers  protect  their  networks and  mission-critical
business  applications and resources.  Information  Security  Engineers  perform
security and risk assessments to identify exposures and the business impact of a
network intrusion or compromise. Information Security Engineers write and review
Information Security Policies. The Company offers Information Security awareness
training and materials,  including on-line Computer Based Training (CBT).  Based
on the client's risk tolerance,  Information  Security Engineers will design and
implement  secure  solutions  to address  vulnerabilities  and  protect  mission
critical  systems  and  information,  such  as  e-mail,   Internet/Intranet  and
e-commerce sites, customer data and intellectual property.

           The  Company  maintains   Certified   Information   Systems  Security
Professionals (CISSP's) on staff. CISSP's are recognized throughout the security
industry for the depth and breadth of their security expertise.

           The Company maintains strong  partnerships with information  security
vendors  including  WatchGuard  Technologies,  Inc.,  Cisco Systems,  Checkpoint
Software, and RSA Security.

Internet Services

           The Company  provides  Internet-related  services,  including  secure
Internet access, training, and web site design, development and maintenance. The
Company  offers its customers web sites that are  independently  maintained on a
secure network  through the use of such security  technologies  as firewalls and
encryption devices. The Company provides the necessary consulting, hardware, and
software  installation  services so that its customers have direct access to the
Internet while AlphaNet  Solutions  monitors and maintains their web sites using
the Company's state-of-the-art remote network management system.

                                       6
<PAGE>

           Web site design,  development and maintenance  services  include user
interface design,  web site graphic design,  content  creation,  and management.
Through  customized  courses at its Learning Centers,  the Company also provides
training on Internet access and navigation.

eMobile SolutionsSM

           Recognizing that the corporate  business community is going "mobile,"
the Company has  re-focused the efforts of its existing  Product  Support Center
(PSC) into a new business  offering  that focuses on the needs of mobile  users:
eMobile SolutionsSM.  The eMobile Solutions Business Unit leverages the Internet
to provide innovative  infrastructure support services that enable businesses to
support their growing  population of mobile  employees.  Target markets  include
Fortune 1000  corporations  with a large  population of mobile  assets,  such as
laptops or other portable computing devices.  These assets are often deployed to
a large group of mobile sales people for use in a sales force  automation  (SFA)
environment,  but they may also be used as desktop  replacements for a subset of
their overall user population.

           By  leveraging  the Internet and the eMobile  Support  Center  (eMSC)
facility,   AlphaNet  Solutions  provides  fast  and  reliable  system  repairs,
identical spare unit replacements,  configuration of hardware and software, data
backup and asset tracking. These services are also designed to leverage existing
AlphaNet  Solutions  service  offerings  that  can be  combined  into a  tightly
integrated  business  solution.  These  include  help  desk  services,   network
monitoring,  and web-based training services.  In addition,  the eMSC is ideally
suited to facilitate an organization's technology replacement and upgrade needs.
From the  acquisition  and  deployment of new  technology to the  collection and
disposal  of old  technology,  the  eMSC  can  provide  a  complete  life  cycle
management solution for corporate mobile workforces.

Application Development

           As part of an enterprise  management  solution,  the Company provides
application  development  consulting  services primarily on a time and materials
basis.  These services include  customized  application  design and development,
enterprise resource planning, object-oriented and client/server development, and
database development services. The Company's Application Development Consultants
are highly  trained  professionals  with  extensive  experience  in  application
development  and project  management.  When developing  applications,  specific,
proven methodologies are implemented for successful and timely completion of all
projects. The Consultants assist customers through all phases of the application
development   process,   from  gathering   business   requirements   to  writing
specifications to programming, testing and documenting.

           As  systems  migrate  from  traditional  client/server  models to the
highly scalable and  distributed  model of web-based  solutions,  many companies
require  technical   assistance  to  complete  the  transition.   The  Company's
Application  Development team helps  organizations  meet every challenge of this
transition,  from  accessing  information  in ERP data  warehouses  to  building
business-to-business applications or solving Intranet and enterprise application
development needs.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Professional Development Services

           AlphaNet Solutions is authorized and certified by Microsoft,  Novell,
Lotus,  Citrix,  HyCurve and Gartner Institute to offer training classes related
to their  specific  technologies.  These  classes  are  utilized by a variety of
customers,  including network administrators,  MIS executives,  professional and
administrative  end-users,  as well as the Company's own employees.  Many of the
courses  offered   provide   attendees  with  the  knowledge  to  earn  specific
professional certifications.

           The Company  offers  training in a variety of venues,  including  the
client's  facilities,   the  Company's  two  education   facilities   ("Learning
Centers"),  and over the Internet.  Training at the Learning  Centers focuses on
technical and business skills courses for customers,  employees, and the general
public.

           The Learning Centers are Prometric Authorized Testing Centers,  which
provide independent testing services for industry certifications.

           Training revenue is derived  primarily from fees charged to corporate
clients for  employee  training,  fees charged to  individual  students for open
enrollment   classes,   and  fees  for  self-directed   learning   purchased  as
web-delivered courses or self-study books.

           The  Professional  Development  organization  provides  an  ancillary
benefit to the Company by reducing  the  Company's  cost to train its  technical
workforce  while  providing  the Company with highly  skilled  consultants.  The
Company  believes  that its  Professional  Development  organization  provides a
strategic benefit in attracting technical talent to AlphaNet Solutions.

Help Desk and Call Center Services

           The  Company's  Help Desk  offers two  distinct  services,  Help Desk
Support  and Help Desk  Consulting,  providing  advanced  technical  support and
comprehensive software application support to corporate end-users. The Help Desk
is staffed with experienced  network  consultants ("Help Desk Analysts") trained
in multiple software, hardware and networking products.

           Help Desk Support provides corporate end-users with telephone support
on software,  hardware and networking products.  Help Desk Support is capable of
providing  global  coverage  and its  breadth  of  services  includes  automatic
dispatching of on-site support,  flexible  staffing for coverage 24 hours a day,
seven days a week and advanced call reporting.

           The Company tracks and maintains Help Desk Support service calls with
a customized call management  system.  This system allows the Help Desk Analysts
to  provide  advanced  support  and  dispatch  on-site  services.  The Help Desk
Analysts  coordinate  with major vendor  support  systems on a regular basis and
have  access  to large  volumes  of  technical  information  and  documentation,
personnel and diagnostic techniques.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Workstation Support Services

           The Company's workstation support personnel ("Workstation  Analysts")
provide  customers  with a wide array of IT  services  for end users,  including
hardware and software installations,  system upgrades and enhancements, remedial
and preventive maintenance,  and management services. These support services are
available  24 hours a day,  seven  days a week,  depending  on the  needs of the
Company's   customers.   The  Workstation   Analysts  also  provide   customized
configuration  of software and hardware for workstations and servers and perform
asset deployment services to customer sites.

           The   Company's   Workstation   Analysts  are   authorized   by  many
industry-leading  manufacturers,  including Compaq, Dell, Hewlett-Packard,  IBM,
NEC and Toshiba, to perform both in- and out-of-warranty  maintenance  services.
The Company offers a warranty  upgrade  program to provide  faster  response and
repair times,  additional  hours of coverage,  warranty  extensions and warranty
administration  services for customers who desire broader service offerings than
those of the  manufacturer.  Many of the  Workstation  Analysts  employed by the
Company are "A+  Certified."  The A+  Certification  Program is sponsored by the
Microcomputer Industry Association and is recognized by leading manufacturers as
the industry-wide standard of professional  competency for Workstation Analysts.
The  Company's  Workstation  Analysts  service and support a wide  variety of IT
products, including microcomputers, printers and associated peripherals.

Products

           AlphaNet   Solutions   resells  IT  products  from  leading  hardware
manufacturers and software developers. In 1999, 61.0% of the Company's net sales
and 31.0% of its gross profits were generated from product sales.  Such products
include  workstations,   servers,   networking  and  communications   equipment,
enterprise computing products and application software.  Through its established
vendor  alliances  with  Ingram,  Pinacor and Tech Data,  major  aggregators  of
computer hardware and software,  AlphaNet  Solutions provides its customers with
competitive  pricing  and  value-added   services  such  as  electronic  product
ordering, product configuration,  testing, warehousing and delivery. The Company
resells  products  from  numerous  industry-leading  manufacturers  of  computer
hardware,  software and networking equipment.  The Company obtains products from
these manufacturers primarily through its relationships with Ingram, Pinacor and
Tech Data. The Company's  relationships with Ingram, Pinacor and Tech Data allow
it to minimize  inventory  risk by ordering  products  primarily on an as-needed
basis.  The Company  believes that, in most instances,  the cost-plus  purchases
from Ingram, Pinacor and Tech Data are at prices lower than those which could be
obtained  independently  from the various  manufacturers and other vendors.  The
Company utilizes  electronic ordering and pricing systems that provide real-time
status checks on the aggregators' extensive  inventories.  The Company maintains
electronic data interchange links to other suppliers as well, enabling its sales
team  to  schedule  shipments  accurately,  arrange  for  product  configuration
services and provide online pricing.

Sales and Marketing

           The  Company  currently  focuses its sales and  marketing  efforts on
major  corporations  in its  target  markets  through  its sales  and  marketing
departments  consisting  of 45 employees  as of December  31, 1999.  The Company
believes that its direct sales and support  personnel  provide effective account
penetration   and   management,    enhanced    communications    and   long-term
relationship-building  with its  existing  customers.  To date,  the Company has
focused  its sales and  marketing  efforts on Fortune  1000 and other  large and
mid-sized companies located primarily in the New York-to-Philadelphia  corridor.
Given the  concentration  of major  corporations  in this  region  and the trend
toward outsourcing of IT services, the Company does not currently anticipate the
need to expand the geographic scope of its sales and marketing efforts.

                                       9
<PAGE>

            During 1999,  the Company  initiated a  reorganization  of its sales
force to  focus  its  solutions  offerings  to key  business  sectors:  Banking,
Healthcare,  Insurance,  Chemicals, Internet, Investment and Commercial Banking,
Manufacturing,   Pharmaceuticals,   Telecommunications,    Transportation,   and
Utilities.  The Company has  identified  several  target  clients within each of
these sectors and focuses principal  attention on cultivating new and additional
business from these clients.  In addition,  the Company has initiated  intensive
efforts to market its remote network  management  services to middle-market  and
smaller  companies  that lack or do not wish to invest in the IT  infrastructure
and personnel otherwise required to maintain their networks.

           Each   salesperson's   compensation   is,   in   whole  or  in  part,
commission-based.  Sales personnel  derive sales leads from individual  business
contacts,  leads  generated by the marketing  department's  efforts and customer
referrals from suppliers and vendors.

           The Company's  sales and marketing  focus  continues to be technology
driven, with its Network Consultants and Workstation Analysts participating with
its direct sales personnel as part of the Company's team approach to sales.  The
Company's  sales  personnel also  participate in training  programs  designed by
manufacturers  to  introduce  their  new and  upgraded  products,  as well as to
provide  industry  information  and sales  technique  instruction.  The  Company
believes that it maintains a competitive  advantage by continually educating its
sales  force on the  latest  technologies  and  through  the  increased  role of
high-level technical personnel in the sales process.

           The Company's  marketing  department is responsible for  coordinating
the various sales and technical  personnel  that may be required in soliciting a
particular  project.  The Company's  marketing  efforts include the creation and
production of Company  brochures,  direct mail programs,  new business marketing
strategies and sales presentation materials for prospects.

Customers

           The Company's major customers  include many Fortune 1000 corporations
in a variety of industries. The Company's major customers include:

     PSE&G                                                 Nabisco
     Mercedes-Benz of North America                        Innovex
     Summit Bank                                           Matsushita Electric
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.                                  UGO Networks, Inc.
     Credit Suisse First Boston                            Mobius Management

                                       10
<PAGE>

           During 1999, PSE&G and  Mercedes-Benz of North America  accounted for
13% and 12%,  respectively,  of the Company's net sales.  During the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1998,  KPMG LLP  accounted  for  approximately  15% of the
Company's net sales. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, Nabisco and
KPMG LLP accounted for 16% and 15%, respectively, of the Company's net sales. No
other customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales during the
three years ended  December 31, 1999.  Sales to the  Company's top ten customers
totaled approximately 65%, 66% and 69% of net sales for the years ended December
31, 1999,  December 31, 1998 and  December 31, 1997,  respectively.  In December
1997,  the Company  entered  into a  four-year,  $20.4  million  contract  ("MTA
Contract")  with the MTA to furnish and  install  local and  wide-area  computer
network  components  throughout the MTA's over 200 locations,  including  subway
stations,  electrical  power  substations  and a  diverse  group  of  train  car
maintenance  facilities.  The aggregate amount of this contract was subsequently
increased to $20.6 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
of Operations and Financial Condition."

           In general,  there are no ongoing written commitments by customers to
purchase products from the Company. All product sales by the Company are made on
a purchase-order basis. In addition,  the Company normally ships products within
30 days of  receiving  an order  and,  therefore,  does not  customarily  have a
significant   backlog.   Almost  all  services  are  provided   through  written
commitments.  In December 1997, the Company entered into the MTA Contract, under
which the Company is the prime  contractor  responsible for project  management,
systems procurement and installation.

           A significant  reduction in orders from any of the Company's  largest
customers  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  results of
operations.  There can be no assurance that the Company's largest customers will
continue to place orders with the Company, or that orders by such customers will
continue at their previous levels. The Company's service contracts generally are
terminable  upon  relatively  short notice.  There can be no assurance  that the
Company's  service  customers will continue to enter into service contracts with
the Company or that existing contracts will not be terminated.

Suppliers

           The  Company  relies on  manufacturers  and  aggregators  of computer
hardware, software and peripherals to develop, manufacture and supply all of the
computer  components  sold and  serviced by the Company.  The Company  primarily
utilizes Ingram,  Pinacor and Tech Data, major  aggregators of computer hardware
and  software,  to  procure  the  majority  of its  products  for  resale to its
customers.

                                       11
<PAGE>

           The Company has purchased  products on a cost-plus basis from Pinacor
since the  Company's  inception in 1984. In July 1994,  the Company  renewed its
agreement  with  Pinacor.  Under such  agreement,  the  Company is  required  to
purchase a minimum of $100,000  of products  from  Pinacor per  quarter.  During
1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company purchased from Pinacor  approximately  22%, 29%
and 36%,  respectively,  of the  products  sold by the Company.  Such  purchases
totaled  approximately  $16.5 million,  $30.1 million,  and $47.0 million during
such respective periods.  The Pinacor agreement may be terminated by the Company
with or without cause upon 90 days prior written notice and may be terminated by
Pinacor  under limited  circumstances  upon 90 days prior  written  notice.  The
Company  also  purchases  computer  products  from  Ingram  and  Tech  Data on a
cost-plus  basis.  The Company's  relationship  with Ingram was initiated by the
Company in late 1994 to help assure  availability and competitive pricing to the
Company's   customers.   The  Company's  purchases  from  Ingram  accounted  for
approximately 57%, 47% and 50% of the Company's total product purchases in 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively. Such purchases totaled approximately $41.9 million,
$48.4 million and $65.1 million during such  respective  periods.  The agreement
with Ingram may be terminated with or without cause by either party upon 30 days
prior written notice.  The Company  initiated its relationship with Tech Data in
1998. During 1999 and 1998, the Company  purchased from Tech Data  approximately
10% and 5%,  respectively,  of the products sold by the Company. These purchases
totaled  approximately  $7.5  million and $5.3  million  during such  respective
periods. The agreement with Tech Data may be terminated with or without cause by
either party upon 30 days prior written  notice.  The Company's  agreements with
Ingram,  Pinacor  and Tech Data  provide  for  discounted  pricing  and  rebates
provided that the Company meets agreed-upon  purchase level targets. The balance
of the Company's purchased products were obtained from multiple sources, none of
which accounted for 10% or more of the products sold by the Company.

           In addition to its agreements with Ingram, Pinacor and Tech Data, the
Company maintains standard authorized  dealership  agreements directly with many
leading  manufacturers  of computer  hardware and  software.  Under the terms of
these  agreements,  the Company is authorized to resell to end users and provide
warranty service on the products of such manufacturers.  The Company's status as
an authorized reseller  facilitates the operation of the Company's business.  In
general, the agreements do not require minimum purchases and include termination
provisions ranging from immediate  termination to termination upon 90 days prior
written notice.  Many of such agreements are based upon the Company's  continued
relationships with authorized aggregators.  The Company, however, generally does
not purchase  products  directly  from these  manufacturers  because the Company
believes that Ingram,  Pinacor and Tech Data provide it with several advantages,
including   competitive   pricing,   limited   inventory  risk,   ready  product
availability, product quality assurance, access to the various vendors which may
be  required on a  particular  project,  electronic  product  ordering,  product
configuration,  testing and  warehousing.  The Company has not entered  into any
long-term contracts with its suppliers, electing to purchase computers, computer
systems,  components and parts on a purchase order basis. As a result, there can
be no assurance  that such products will be available as required by the Company
at prices or on terms acceptable to the Company.

                                       12
<PAGE>

Competition

           The markets for the  Company's  products and  services are  intensely
competitive.  The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the
market for IT products and services include price, customer service,  breadth of
product and service offerings,  technical expertise, the availability of skilled
technical  personnel,  adherence to industry standards,  financial stability and
reputation.  The Company's competitors include specialty consulting and other IT
services providers,  established  computer product  manufacturers (some of which
supply products to the Company), distributors,  aggregators,  computer resellers
(many of which are able to purchase  products at prices lower than the Company),
and systems integrators. Many of the Company's current and potential competitors
have longer operating histories and financial,  sales, marketing,  technical and
other resources  substantially  greater than those of the Company.  As a result,
the  Company's  competitors  may be able to adapt  more  quickly  to  changes in
customer  needs or to devote  greater  resources  to the sale of IT products and
services.  Such competitors could also attempt to increase their presence in the
Company's  markets by forming  strategic  alliances  with other  competitors  or
customers  of the  Company,  offer new or improved  products and services to the
Company's  customers,  or increase their efforts to gain and retain market share
through competitive  pricing.  As the market for IT products has matured,  price
competition  has  intensified  and is  likely  to  continue  to do so.  This has
resulted in continued  industry-wide downward pricing pressure.  Competition for
quality technical  personnel has continued to intensify,  resulting in increased
personnel costs for many IT service  providers.  Such competition in IT products
and  services  has  adversely  affected,  and likely will  continue to adversely
affect,  the Company's  gross profits,  margins and results of  operations.  The
Company  believes  there are low barriers to entry into its markets which enable
new  competitors  to offer  competing  products  and  services.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to continue to compete successfully with
existing or new competitors.

           The  Company  believes  that it  competes  effectively  by  providing
state-of-the-art  networking design and management services and a wider range of
high-quality  IT  professional  services to the MIS departments and end users of
its corporate customers.  The Company also believes that it distinguishes itself
from its  competition  on the  basis  of its  technical  expertise,  competitive
pricing,  vendor alliances,  relationships  with Ingram,  Pinacor and Tech Data,
direct sales strategy and  customer-service  orientation.  Based on the level of
its recurring  business with many of its large  customers,  the Company believes
that it  compares  favorably  to many of its  competitors  with  respect  to the
principal competitive factors set forth above.

Employees

           As  of  December  31,  1999,  the  Company   employed  579  full-time
employees,  of whom 450 were  technical  personnel  (consisting  of 260  Network
Consultants,  162 Workstation  Analysts,  13  Communications  Technicians and 15
Instructors),  45 were  engaged in sales and  marketing,  and 84 were engaged in
finance,  administration and management. The total number of technical personnel
declined  from  483  in  1998  to  450  in  1999.  The  Company   implemented  a
reduction-in-force in June 1998 due to lower-than-expected  demand for technical
services from certain clients. In January 1999, the Company implemented a second
reduction, eliminating 42 positions consisting principally of persons supporting
products.

                                       13
<PAGE>

           None of the  Company's  employees  are  represented  by a  collective
bargaining  agreement.  Substantially  all employees  have executed an invention
assignment and confidentiality agreement. In addition, the Company requires that
all new  employees  execute such  agreement as a condition  of  employment.  The
Company believes that it has been successful in attracting and retaining skilled
and experienced personnel. There is increasing competition for experienced sales
and marketing personnel and technical  professionals.  The Company considers its
relations with its employees to be good.

           The  Company's  success  depends in part on its  ability to  attract,
hire, train and retain qualified  managerial,  technical and sales and marketing
personnel,  particularly for high-end network  services.  Competition with other
service  providers and internal  corporate MIS departments for such personnel is
intense,  as many of its larger  competitors are  aggressively  hiring technical
personnel on a large scale.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be
successful in attracting  and  retaining  the technical  personnel  necessary to
conduct  and  expand  its  operations  successfully.  The  Company's  ability to
implement  its  strategy  to expand and broaden the  services  component  of its
business and its results of operations could be materially adversely affected if
it is unable to attract, hire, train and retain qualified technical personnel.

Item 2. Properties.

           The Company currently leases or subleases all of its facilities.  The
Company  leases  its  headquarters  in  Cedar  Knolls,   New  Jersey,   totaling
approximately  54,000 square feet of office  space,  of which 16,000 square feet
was subleased to the Company in 1998 pursuant to a sublease  agreement  expiring
in September  2000.  Of this 16,000  square feet,  almost 13,000 square feet was
sublet by the Company  commencing June 1999, which sublease expires in September
2000.  The  Company  is  currently  negotiating  for the  direct  lease from the
landlord of the remaining  3,000 square feet through  September  2003. The lease
for the balance of the 54,000 square feet expires in September 2003 and contains
renewal  options for two additional  five-year  terms.  During 1998, the Company
entered into a lease for approximately  4,700 square feet of space at a facility
adjacent to the Company's headquarters, which space the Company has subsequently
sublet.  The Company  also leases a facility in  Parsippany,  New Jersey,  which
totals 5,253 square  feet,  which the Company has sublet  pursuant to a sublease
agreement  expiring in May 2001.  The Company leases office space for a Learning
Center in Iselin,  New Jersey, as well as its 15,000 square foot eMobile Support
Center located in East Hanover,  New Jersey.  The Company  leases  approximately
5,410  square  feet of office  space in King of  Prussia,  Pennsylvania  for the
Company's  Philadelphia-area  sales  office.  The Company  leased  approximately
19,000 square feet of office space in Manhattan for its New York City area sales
office and  Learning  Center.  In October  1999,  the  Company  entered  into an
agreement  with  the  landlord  of  this  space  for  early  termination  of its
occupancy.   The  Company   subsequently  leased  two  smaller  "shared  office"
facilities  in New York City.  The  Company  believes  its  headquarters,  sales
offices,  Learning Center and eMobile Support Center are adequate to support its
current  level of  operations.  See Note 7 of  Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

           On February 13, 1996,  the Company,  as plaintiff,  filed a complaint
and jury demand in the Superior Court of New Jersey  Chancery  Division,  Morris
County,  against two former  employees of the Company and their current employer
(together, the "Defendants"). The complaint asserted a civil action for damages,
a temporary  restraining  order and preliminary and permanent  injunctive relief
against the Defendants and alleged theft of services, theft of Company property,
theft of corporate opportunity,  and unauthorized use of Company credit cards by
the Defendants.  The Company sought  restitution  from certain of the Defendants
and  additional  compensatory  damages from another  Defendant.  The  Defendants
asserted  certain  counterclaims  against the Company and certain of its present
and former  directors.  In January 1998, the parties consented to the suspension
of discovery  proceedings  pending  mediation of all claims. In August 1999, the
parties  entered into a settlement  in  principle,  subject to the  execution of
mutually acceptable settlement agreements and releases,  and the court issued an
Order of  Disposition.  Pursuant to the terms of the Order of  Disposition,  the
Defendants agreed to pay the Company approximately  $370,000 in consideration of
a full  release of all  claims by the  Company  against  the  Defendants.  (With
respect to this matter, the Company previously received  approximately  $183,000
from  an  insurance   carrier.)  The  Defendants   also  agreed  to  drop  their
counterclaims against the Company and its directors.  Subsequent to the issuance
of the Order of Disposition,  the parties were unable to agree upon the terms of
a definitive settlement agreement,  precipitating the need for further mediation
of the litigation,  which is ongoing.  In connection with this  litigation,  the
Company's  Chairman and principal  shareholder  agreed in  connection  with the
Company's 1996 initial public  offering to indemnify the Company for any and all
losses which the Company sustained,  up to $1,000,000,  arising from or relating
to the alleged wrongful conduct of the Defendants. The Chairman paid $675,000 of
his personal funds to the Company in furtherance of this agreement.  Pursuant to
an amendment to the indemnification  agreement adopted by the Company's Board of
Directors in February 2000, upon collection by the Company of the aforementioned
settlement  proceeds,  the Company will  reimburse the Chairman for the $675,000
which he previously advanced to the Company.

                                       14
<PAGE>

           On June 30, 1998, Bruce Flitcroft ("Flitcroft"), the Company's former
Corporate Vice President,  Technology Services, filed suit in the Superior Court
of New Jersey,  Morris  County,  against  the  Company  and the  Chairman of the
Company  alleging,  among other  things,  breach by the  Company of  Flitcroft's
employment  agreement  and  failure to pay an  alleged  bonus  arising  from the
Company's 1990 acquisition of Datar IDS Corp. and/or pay, pursuant to an alleged
oral promise,  an alleged one  million-dollar  severance payment in lieu of such
bonus. On July 16, 1998,  without knowledge of the suit filed by Flitcroft,  the
Company filed suit against Flitcroft and Alliant Technologies, Inc. ("Alliant"),
a company  believed to be owned and/or  operated by Flitcroft,  alleging,  among
other things,  breach of contract and conspiracy to usurp  corporate  assets and
opportunities.  The Court directed arbitration of the claims, which commenced in
March 1999. The Company  obtained  insurance  coverage for some of the claims in
dispute.  The Company's Board of Directors  authorized the Company to defend the
Chairman of the Company and approved  his  indemnification  by the  Company.  In
August 1999, the parties settled all of their claims against one another.

      The Company has no knowledge of any other material  litigation to which it
is a party or to which any of its property is subject.


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

           No matter was submitted to a vote of the security  holders during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters.

           The Company's  Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market
under the symbol  "ALPH."  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for the  periods
indicated,  the high and low sales  prices per share of Common Stock as reported
by the Nasdaq National Market.

                                               Quarter ended
                                     1999                        1998
                               High        Low              High          Low
                               ----        ---              ----          ---

March 31 (1st qtr.)           $6 3/4      $3 7/32         $14 5/8      $11 1/2

June 30 (2nd qtr.)             5 1/2       2 29/32         14 3/8        9 1/2

September 30 (3rd qtr.)        5           4 1/16          11 3/8        4 3/8

December 31 (4th qtr.)         5 5/8       3 1/8            5 7/8        2 7/8


           The prices shown above represent quotations among securities dealers,
do not include retail  markups,  markdowns or commissions  and may not represent
actual transactions.

           On February 29, 2000,  the closing sale price for the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq  National  Market was $8.625 per share.  As of February 29, 2000, the
approximate  number of  holders  of record of the  Common  Stock was 295 and the
approximate number of beneficial holders of the Common Stock was 3,900.

           Since going public in 1996,  the Company has not paid any  dividends.
The Company presently has no plans to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.


Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

      The selected consolidated  financial data presented below has been derived
from  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Company  as  audited  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. Consolidated balance sheets
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related consolidated statements of income,
changes in  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three  years in
the period ended  December 31, 1999 and notes thereto  appear  elsewhere in this
Annual  Report on Form 10-K.  The selected  financial  data  presented  below at
December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 and for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and
1996 has been derived from audited  financial  statements which are not included
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

      The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in
conjunction   with,   and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by,  the  Company's
consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


                                       16
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999          1998       1997(1)       1996(2)          1995
                                                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
   <S>                                                   <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
   Statement of Income Data:
   Net sales:
      Product...................................        $ 83,298     $ 116,908      $147,602      $ 99,468      $ 62,516
      Services and support......................          53,265        54,628        43,790        20,137        11,500
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                         136,563       171,536       191,392       119,605        74,016
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
   Cost of sales:
      Product...................................          75,409       103,522       130,314        88,218        54,579
      Services and support......................          35,493        37,058        29,013        12,915         6,869
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                         110,902       140,580       159,327       101,133        61,448
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
      Product...................................           7,889        13,386        17,288        11,250         7,937
      Services and support......................          17,772        17,570        14,777         7,222         4,631
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                          25,661        30,956        32,065        18,472        12,568
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
   Operating expenses:
      Selling, general & administrative.........          24,743        27,505        22,761        12,747         8,393
      (Recovery) write-off  of capitalized asset(3)         (139)        2,476           -             -             -
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                          24,604        29,981        22,761        12,747         8,393
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
   Operating income.............................           1,057           975         9,304         5,725         4,175
   Other income (expense), net..................             879           359            61           129          (86)
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
   Income before income taxes...................           1,936         1,334         9,365         5,854         4,089
   Provision for income taxes(4)................             794           623         3,844         1,970           124
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      --------      --------
   Net income...................................        $  1,142          $711      $  5,521      $  3,884      $  3,965
                                                        ========     =========      ========      ========      ========

   Earnings per share - Basic...................        $   0.18     $    0.11      $   0.97      $   0.83      $   1.17
                                                        ========     =========      ========      ========      ========
   Weighted average shares outstanding..........           6,253         6,272         5,719         4,690         3,400
                                                        ========     =========      ========      ========      ========
   Earnings per share - Diluted.................        $   0.18     $    0.11      $   0.93      $   0.82      $   1.17
                                                        ========     =========      ========      ========      ========
   Weighted average shares outstanding..........           6,265         6,331         5,905         4,737         3,400
                                                        ========     =========      ========      ========      ========
<CAPTION>

                                                                           As of December 31,
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999         1998           1997           1996         1995
                                                            ----         ----           ----           ----         ----
                                                                             (in thousands)
   Balance Sheet Data:
      Working capital...........................        $37,841      $35,375         $33,123        $14,407      $ 5,033
      Total assets..............................         56,021       61,894          72,541         43,647       18,770
       Long term debt and capital lease obligations,
         less current portion...................             31           49             -               41          590
      Shareholders' equity......................         43,834       42,536          41,722         18,921        6,574
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)   On August 1, 1997,  the Company  consummated  the  acquisition  of certain
      assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Lande Group, Inc. ("Lande"),
      a  computer  equipment  reseller  and  provider  of  systems   integration
      services,  for $1.5 million,  including  acquisition  costs.  The original
      acquisition price was $1.8 million,  subsequently reduced by the return of
      $250,000 held in escrow. The operations related to the acquired assets and
      liabilities  of  Lande  are  included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
      financial statements  subsequent to August 1, 1997. See Note 2 of Notes to
      Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   On July 24, 1996, the Company  acquired certain assets of Lior, Inc., in a
      business  combination  accounted for under the purchase  method,  for $1.1
      million,  including  acquisition  costs,  financed  with a portion  of the
      proceeds  from the  Company's  initial  public  offering.  The  operations
      related to the acquired  assets of Lior are  included in the  accompanying
      consolidated financial statements subsequent to July 24, 1996.

(3)   Reflects  a  one-time  write-off  in  1998  of  capitalized  software  and
      consulting fees associated with the Company's termination of an integrated
      accounting  software  program and  implementation  thereof.  In 1999,  the
      Company was able to recover $139,000 of such costs.

(4)   Prior to March 19,  1996,  the  Company  had elected to be treated as an S
      Corporation for federal and, in certain cases,  state income tax purposes.
      Therefore,  prior to such date,  the  Company  recorded no  provision  for
      federal  income  taxes and recorded a reduced  provision  for state income
      taxes.

                                       17
<PAGE>

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
         Financial Condition.

General

           The  Company is an IT  professional  services  firm  specializing  in
network design, operation,  management, and security,  offering related products
and services to Fortune  1000 and other large and  mid-sized  companies  located
primarily in the New York to  Philadelphia  corridor.  The Company was formed in
1984 as an authorized  reseller of computer hardware and software products,  and
since 1990,  has been  developing and offering  related IT services.  To date, a
majority  of the  Company's  net sales  continue  to be derived  from IT product
sales.  However,  as a result of the Company's decision to de-emphasize  low-end
product  sales and  focus on the  high-end  professional  services  market,  the
percentage of the Company's revenue from product sales has declined sharply from
approximately 85% of total revenue in 1995 to approximately 61% of total revenue
in 1999,  while the  percentage  of revenue  related to services  has  increased
during the same period from  approximately  15% in 1995 to approximately  39% in
1999. The Company anticipates that this trend will continue in 2000.

      The Company has entered into distribution  agreements with Ingram, Pinacor
and Tech Data, three of the nation's largest aggregators, to acquire most of its
IT products for resale.  The Company's  relationship  with Pinacor  commenced in
1984 and, as customer  demand for IT products  grew,  the Company  initiated its
relationship  with Ingram in 1994. The Company  initiated its relationship  with
Tech Data in 1998. The  distribution  agreements  with Pinacor,  Ingram and Tech
Data give the Company access to these  aggregators'  extensive  inventories  and
provide the Company with electronic ordering capability,  product  configuration
and  testing,  warehousing  and  delivery.  In general,  the  Company  orders IT
products,  including  workstations,   servers,  enterprise  computing  products,
networking and  communications  equipment,  and applications  software from such
aggregators on an as-needed basis,  thereby reducing the Company's need to carry
large inventories.  During 1999, the Company acquired approximately 57%, 22% and
10% of its products for resale from Ingram, Pinacor and Tech Data, respectively.

      Except for the MTA Contract  entered into in December  1997,  there are no
ongoing written  commitments by customers to purchase  products from the Company
and all product sales are made on a  purchase-order  basis. As the market for IT
products  has  matured,  price  competition  has  intensified  and is  likely to
continue  to  intensify.  During 1999 and 1998,  the  Company's  gross  profits,
margins and results of  operations  were  adversely  affected by such  continued
product  pricing  pressure and by a  significant  reduction in product  purchase
orders from the Company's customers.  In addition,  the Company's gross profits,
margins and results of operations could be adversely affected by a disruption in
the Company's sources of product supply.

      The Company offers enterprise network  management,  information  security,
Internet-related,  eMobile  Solutions,  applications  development,  professional
development,  help desk, and workstation support services.  Services and support
revenue is  recognized  as such  services are  performed.  Most of the Company's
services are billed on a  time-and-materials  basis. The Company's  professional
development  and services are fee-based on a per-course  basis.  Generally,  the
Company's  service  arrangements  with its  customers  may be terminated by such
customers with limited advance notice and without significant  penalty. The most
significant cost relating to the services component of the Company's business is
personnel costs,  which  consist  of  salaries,   benefits  and  payroll-related
expenses.  Thus, the financial  performance of the Company's service business is
based  primarily upon billing margins  (billable  hourly rates less the costs to
the Company of such service  personnel on an hourly basis) and utilization rates
(billable  hours  divided by paid  hours).  The future  success of the  services
component of the  Company's  business will depend in large part upon its ability
to  maintain  high  utilization  rates  at  profitable   billing  margins.   The
competition for quality technical personnel has continued to intensify resulting
in  increased  personnel  costs  for the  Company  and  many  other  IT  service
providers.  This intense competition has caused the Company's billing margins to
be lower than they might otherwise have been.

                                       18
<PAGE>

      The  Company  implemented  a  reduction-in-force   in  June  1998  due  to
lower-than-expected  demand for the Company's services from certain clients.  In
January  1999,  the  Company  implemented  a second  reduction,  eliminating  42
positions, consisting  principally of persons supporting product sales which, as
noted  earlier,  the Company is  de-emphasizing.  Adjustments to the size of the
Company's  workforce will continue as necessary in order for the Company to meet
the needs of its clients.

      The Company may receive  manufacturer  rebates  resulting  from  equipment
sales. In addition,  the Company  receives volume discounts and other incentives
from  certain of its  suppliers.  Except  for  products  in transit or  products
awaiting  configuration at a Company  facility,  the Company  generally does not
maintain large inventory balances.  The Company's primary vendors have announced
or  instituted  changes  in their  price  protection  and  inventory  management
programs  as a direct  result of  changes  in such  policies  by  manufacturers.
Specifically,  they have announced that they will (i) limit price  protection to
that provided by the manufacturer,  generally less than 30 days, rather than the
unlimited protection  previously  available;  and (ii) restrict product returns,
other than defective  returns,  to a percentage (the percentage varies depending
on the  vendor  and when the  return  is made) of  product  purchased,  during a
defined period, at the lower of the invoiced price or the current price, subject
to the specific  manufacturer's  requirements and  restrictions.  At the present
time,  the Company does not believe  these  changes in the vendor  policies will
have a  material  impact on its  business.  Other  than  changes  in such  price
protection and return policies, the Company is unaware that any of its suppliers
or manufacturers have changed or intend to further change these programs.  There
can be no  assurances  that any  such  rebates,  discounts  or  incentives  will
continue  at  historical  levels,  if  at  all.  Further  adverse  modification,
restriction or reduction in such programs  could have a material  adverse effect
on the Company's financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

      The Company's  cost of sales  includes  primarily,  in the case of product
sales, the cost to the Company of products acquired for resale,  and in the case
of services  and support  revenue,  salaries  and related  expenses for billable
technical  personnel.  The Company's selling,  general and administrative  costs
consist of operating  expenses,  including  personnel and related costs, such as
sales  commissions  earned by  employees  involved in the sales of IT  products,
services and support.  Personnel costs also include direct sales,  marketing and
sales support, and general and administrative personnel costs. Sales commissions
are recorded as revenue is recognized.

                                       19
<PAGE>

      During the last three fiscal years,  the gross margins  earned on services
and support sales  decreased  from 33.7% for 1997,  to 32.2% for 1998,  and then
increased  to  33.4%  for  1999.  The  previous  decline  in gross  margins  was
attributable to increased  competition,  lower utilization  rates, the impact of
the MTA Contract,  and services and support revenue  increasing at a slower rate
than related  personnel  and  recruiting  costs.  Also,  declines in product and
services  support  sales  resulted in lower  utilization  rates and margins.  In
response to these trends, the Company emphasized its higher margin,  value-added
services and support  offerings,  including  network  integration,  applications
development and Internet-related  offerings.  As a result of the focus on higher
margin services, the gross margins earned in 1999 increased to 33.4%.

      The  Company  believes  that  its  ability  to  provide  a broad  range of
technical  services,  coupled with its  traditional  strength in satisfying  its
customers' IT product  requirements and its long-term  relationships  with large
customers,  positions the Company to continue growing the services  component of
its business.  As such, the Company anticipates that an increasing percentage of
its gross  profits in the future will be derived  from the  services and support
component of its business.  However, in the near term, the Company believes that
product  sales  will  continue  to  generate  a  significant  percentage  of the
Company's gross profit.  The Company believes that, as a single-source  provider
of IT products,  services and support, it is able to earn margins higher than it
would earn if it sold products only.

     The Company's net sales, gross profit, operating income and net income have
varied  substantially  from  quarter to quarter and are expected to do so in the
future. Many factors,  some of which are not within the Company's control,  have
contributed  and may in the  future  contribute  to  fluctuations  in  operating
results.   These  factors  include:  the  short-term  nature  of  the  Company's
customers' commitments;  patterns of capital spending by customers;  the timing,
size, and mix of product and service orders and deliveries;  the timing and size
of new projects;  pricing  changes in response to various  competitive  factors;
market factors  affecting the  availability  of qualified  technical  personnel;
timing and customer acceptance of new product and service offerings;  changes in
trends  affecting  outsourcing of IT services;  disruption in sources of supply;
changes in product,  personnel,  and other  operating  costs;  and  industry and
general economic  conditions.  Operating results have been and may in the future
also be  affected  by the  cost,  timing  and  other  effects  of  acquisitions,
including  the mix of  revenues  of acquired  companies.  The Company  believes,
therefore,  that past operating results and period-to-period  comparisons should
not be relied upon as an indication of future operating performance.

           The  Company's  operating  results have been and will  continue to be
impacted by changes in technical  personnel billing and utilization  rates. Many
of the Company's costs,  particularly costs associated with services and support
revenue,  such as  administrative  support  personnel and facilities  costs, are
primarily  fixed  costs.  The  Company's  expense  levels  are  based in part on
expectations of future revenues. Technical personnel utilization rates have been
and are expected to continue to be adversely  affected  during  periods of rapid
and concentrated hiring.  Depending upon the availability of qualified technical
personnel,  during periods of rapid growth, the Company has utilized, and in the
future is likely to utilize,  contract personnel,  which adversely affects gross
margins.  If the Company continues to successfully expand its service offerings,
periods of variability in utilization  may continue to occur.  In addition,  the
Company is likely to incur greater technical training costs during such periods.

                                       20
<PAGE>

           In December 1997, the Company entered into a four-year, $20.4 million
contract  with the MTA to  furnish  and  install  local and  wide-area  computer
network components including network and telecommunications  hardware,  software
and cabling  throughout  the MTA's over 200 locations.  The aggregate  amount of
this contract was  subsequently  increased to $20.6 million.  The Company is the
prime  contractor  on this project and is  responsible  for project  management,
systems  procurement,  and  installation.  The  work is  grouped  in  contiguous
locations and payment is predicated upon achieving specific milestone events. In
the event of default, in addition to all other remedies at law, the MTA reserves
the right to terminate the services of the Company and complete the MTA Contract
itself at the Company's  cost.  In the event of unexcused  delay by the Company,
the Company may be obligated to pay, as liquidated  damages,  the sum of $100 to
$200 per day. While the Company is currently  performing in accordance  with the
contract  terms,  there can be no  assurance  that any such events of default or
unexcused delays would not occur. In addition,  the MTA Contract is a fixed unit
price  contract,  and the  quantities  are  approximate,  for  which the MTA has
expressly  reserved the right,  for each item, to direct the amount of equipment
be increased,  decreased, or omitted entirely on 30 days notice. The MTA has the
right to suspend the work on 10 days  notice for up to 90 days and/or  terminate
the contract,  at any time, on notice, paying only for the work performed to the
date of  termination.  The  project is subject to the  prevailing  wage rate and
classification  for  telecommunications  workers,  managed  by the New York City
Controller's  office,  over  which  the  Company  has no  control,  and which is
generally adjusted in June of each year and may be so adjusted in the future.

           The Company has performed  services and supplied  products to the MTA
since the inception of the MTA Contract. The work performed to date at MTA sites
has  required  greater  than  originally  estimated  labor  and  other  costs to
complete.  In May 1999,  the Company  submitted a formal  request to the MTA for
equitable  adjustment in the amount of approximately $1.5 million and for a time
extension.  This request was supplemented  with a further  submission in October
1999.  In January  2000,  the Project  Manager for the MTA  Contract  denied the
Company's request,  thereby triggering the Company's right under the contract to
appeal the Project Manager's denial to the MTA's Dispute  Resolution Office (the
"DRO").  The Company  filed its Notice of Appeal with the DRO in February  2000,
and pursuant to the DRO's request,  filed a further written  submission with the
DRO on March 23, 2000.  It is not yet known when or how the DRO will rule on the
Company's appeal.  Under the terms of the MTA Contract,  the Company is entitled
to appeal any adverse  determination of the DRO to the trial-level  court in the
State  of New  York.  The  Company  believes  that  its  request  for  equitable
adjustment  constitutes  a valid claim under the MTA  Contract.  There can be no
assurance  the MTA will  approve,  either  in whole  or in part,  any  equitable
adjustment in the contract amount or terms requested by the Company. However, as
a  result  of  changes  in  work  rules  and  operating  procedures,   increased
cooperation from MTA personnel, realization of increased operating efficiencies,
improvements in project  management and potential  outsourcing of certain future
cabling  work,  the  Company  currently  estimates  that  aggregate  costs  will
approximate  contract revenues,  excluding any equitable adjustment which may be
approved by the MTA.  Consequently,  the Company is recording revenues under the
MTA Contract equal to costs incurred.  For the years ended December 31, 1999 and
1998,  revenues  recorded  in  connection  with  the MTA  Contract  amounted  to
approximately  $3.5 million and $6.0  million,  respectively,  and no profit has
been recognized.

                                       21
<PAGE>

Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

           Historically,  certain computer  programs have been written using two
digits  rather than four to define the  applicable  year,  which could result in
such  programs  recognizing  a date using "00" as the year 1900  rather than the
year  2000.   This,  in  turn,   could  result  in  major  system   failures  or
miscalculations, and is generally referred to herein as the "Year 2000 Problem."
Computer  systems that are  represented by  manufacturers  as being able to deal
correctly with dates after 1999 are referred to as "Year 2000-Compliant."

       Over the past several years,  based upon its business needs,  the Company
has purchased and installed  hardware and software that are  represented  by the
manufacturers to be Year 2000-Compliant.  In July 1999, the Company replaced its
former integrated  accounting system,  which was not Year  2000-Compliant,  with
Platinum  SQL   Software,   which  is  Year   2000-Compliant.   Based  upon  the
representations  of the  manufacturers  of  hardware  and  software  used by the
Company,  and the provider of the Platinum SQL  Software,  the Company  believes
that all of its internal business systems,  including its computer systems,  are
Year 2000-Compliant.

      The  Company  resells IT products of leading  hardware  manufacturers  and
software  developers.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  no  control  over  the
developments of such third parties' computer systems, software products or other
business systems developed by such third parties. Consequently,  there can be no
assurance that the computer systems, software products or other business systems
sold by the Company are Year 2000 Compliant.  The Company, as a reseller, may be
liable for Non-Year 2000  Compliant  product it resells.  However,  to date, the
Company has not received any claims with respect to Year 2000 compliance.  Given
the Company's role in the distribution of such products, the Company is not able
to accurately determine the extent, if any, of such potential liability.

       The total cost of the  Company's  Year 2000  compliance  has been  funded
through operating cash flows. The costs incurred to date to purchase and install
Platinum SQL were  approximately  $1.2 million.  Excluding costs associated with
Platinum SQL and the write-off of the  capitalized  software and consulting fees
during 1999, the Company expended approximately $2.0 million in 1998 and 1999 on
hardware and software  upgrades for its Year 2000  compliance.  The Company does
not currently anticipate that it will incur any additional material expenditures
for such Year 2000  compliance.  These costs do not include any costs associated
with any third party being  Non-Year 2000  Compliant,  nor do such costs include
internal  personnel costs (primarily  salaries and benefits),  which the Company
does not separately track and do not include any contingency plan costs.

      Statements   included  in  this  Year  2000   Readiness   Disclosure   are
forward-looking   statements  within  the  meaning  of  The  Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements include risks and
uncertainties,  including but not limited to the possibility  that the currently
installed  computer systems,  software products or other business systems of the
Company or its distributors, manufacturers or customers, working either alone or
in conjunction with other software or systems,  will not accept input of, store,
manipulate  and/or output dates in the year 2000 or thereafter  without error or
interruption.  Such  risks and  uncertainties  may cause  the  Company's  actual
results to differ materially from the results discussed in this Report.

                                       22
<PAGE>

Results of Operations

           The following table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain
financial data as a percentage of net sales,  and the  percentage  change in the
dollar amount of such data compared to the prior year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            Percentage
                                                           Percentage of Net Sales                           Increase
                                                           Year Ended December 31,                          (Decrease)
                                                       -------------------------------------      -------------------------------

                                                                                                          1999            1998
                                                                                                          Over            Over
                                                         1999          1998       1997(1)                 1998            1997
                                                         ----          ----       -------                 ----            ----
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>                  <C>             <C>
Net sales:
      Product .........................................  61.0          68.2          77.1                (28.7)           (20.8)
      Services and support.............................  39.0          31.8          22.9                 (2.5)            24.7
                                                        -----         -----         -----
                                                        100.0         100.0         100.0                (20.4)           (10.4)
Cost of sales..........................................  81.2          82.0          83.2                (21.1)           (11.8)
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Gross profit...........................................  18.8          18.0          16.8                (17.1)            (3.5)
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Operating expenses:
      Selling, general & administrative:...............  18.1          16.0          11.9                (10.0)            20.8
      (Recovery) write-off of capitalized asset (2) .    (0.1)          1.4            -                    -             100.0
                                                        -----         -----         -----
                                                         18.0          17.4          11.9                (17.9)            31.7
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Operating income.......................................   0.8           0.6           4.9                  8.4           (89.5)
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Other income (expense), net............................   0.6           0.2           0.0                144.8           488.5
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Income before income taxes.............................   1.4           0.8           4.9                 45.1           (85.8)
Provision for income taxes ............................   0.6           0.4           2.0                 27.4           (83.8)
                                                        -----         -----         -----
Net income.............................................   0.8           0.4           2.9                 60.6           (87.1)
                                                        =====         =====         =====
Gross profit (as a percentage of related net sales):
      Product..........................................   9.5          11.5          11.7               (41.1)           (22.6)
      Services and support.............................  33.4          32.2          33.7                  1.1            18.9

</TABLE>

(1)   On August 1, 1997,  the Company  consummated  the  acquisition  of certain
      assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Lande Group, Inc. ("Lande"),
      a  computer  equipment  reseller  and  provider  of  systems   integration
      services,  for $1.5 million,  including  acquisition  costs.  The original
      acquisition price was $1.8 million,  subsequently reduced by the return of
      $250,000 held in escrow. The operations related to the acquired assets and
      liabilities  of  Lande  are  included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
      financial statements  subsequent to August 1, 1997. See Note 2 of Notes to
      Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   Reflects  a  one-time  write-off  in  1998  of  capitalized  software  and
      consulting fees associated with the Company's termination of an integrated
      accounting  software  program and  implementation  thereof.  In 1999,  the
      Company was able to recover $139,000 of such costs.


Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1999 and 1998

      Net Sales:  Net sales in 1999 of $136.6 million  decreased  20.4% or $34.9
million,  from net sales of $171.5 million in 1998. The Company has continued to
focus on the  strategy of  transitioning  AlphaNet  Solutions  from  primarily a
reseller  of product to a  professional  services  company.  As a result of this
transition,  revenue from sales of products as a percentage of overall  revenues
has continued to decline,  from 68.2% in 1998 to 61.0% in 1999,  while  services
and support  revenues as a percentage  of overall  revenues has  increased  from
31.8% in 1998 to 39.0% in 1999.  Services  and support  revenue in 1999 of $53.3
million  decreased 2.5%, or $1.3 million,  from $54.6 million in the prior year.
Many of the  services  performed  by the  Company in prior years such as desktop
support  services,  configuration and installation were performed to support the
product sales. As the overall product  business  declines,  this type of service
revenue also  declines.  The Company is now  focusing on providing  services and
support that are  independent of product sales such as security,  training,  and
network  operations  support.  Product sales in 1999 of $83.3 million  decreased

                                       23
<PAGE>

28.7%,  or $33.6 million,  from $116.9 million in the prior year. The decline in
product  sales is  primarily  due to  substantially  reduced  business  from two
predominantly  low-margin  product  accounts,   partially  offset  by  increased
business with other  customers,  as well as lower average  selling prices due to
increased  competition  and  product  pricing  pressures.  This  trend  has been
accelerated  by the ability of  customers  to  purchase  directly  from  certain
manufacturers at discounted  prices and the Company's  decision not to focus its
resources on the pursuit of low-margin  product business.  Revenue under the MTA
Contract  (consisting  of both product and services)  amounted to  approximately
$3.5  million and $6.0  million for the years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.

      Gross profit:  Gross profit in 1999 of $25.7 million  decreased  17.1%, or
$5.3 million,  from gross profit of $31.0 million in 1998, while increasing as a
percentage  of revenues from 18.0% in 1998 to 18.8% in 1999.  This  reduction in
gross profit is primarily due to the reduction in product  sales;  however,  the
increased  gross profit  percentage  is due to the change in the mix of revenues
from the lower margin  product sales in 1998 to the higher  margin  services and
support  revenues in 1999.  Gross  profit from  services  and support in 1999 of
$17.8 million  increased  1.1%, or $202,000,  from $17.6 million in 1998,  while
increasing as a percentage  of services and support  revenues from 32.2% in 1998
to  33.4% in 1999.  Gross  profit  from  product  sales in 1999 of $7.9  million
decreased 41.1%, or $5.5 million, from $13.4 million in 1998, while declining as
a percentage of product  sales from 11.5% in 1998 to 9.5% in 1999.  This decline
in the gross profit  percentage is primarily due to continued  downward  pricing
pressure on product sales. Product margins for the years ended December 31, 1999
and 1998  also  reflect  adjustments  to  reduce  inventories  by  $455,000  and
$450,000, respectively.  Revenues under the MTA Contract are being recognized to
the extent of costs  incurred,  therefore  negatively  affecting  the  Company's
overall gross profit percentage.

      Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses:   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in 1999 of  $24.7  million  decreased  10.0%,  or $2.8
million,  from  $27.5  million  in  1998.  This  decrease  is  primarily  due to
reductions  in operating  expenses of  approximately  $3.9  million  relating to
reduced payroll costs, facilities, and telecommunications costs and $1.1 million
due to fourth  quarter  adjustments  related  to  vacation  and other  accruals,
partially offset by approximately $2.0 million of bad debt provisions in 1999.

      (Recovery) write-off of capitalized asset: In 1998, the Company recorded a
charge of $2.5 million to reflect a one-time  write-off of capitalized  software
and  implementation  costs  associated  with the  Company's  termination  of the
implementation  of an  integrated  accounting  software  program.  In 1999,  the
Company was able to recover $139,000 of such costs.

      Other income:  Other income in 1999 of $302,000 primarily relates to legal
settlements received of approximately  $200,000 and gains on sales of marketable
securities of approximately $92,000.

      Interest income,  net: Interest income,  net in 1999 of $577,000 increased
by $337,000 from $240,000 in 1998. This increase  primarily relates to increased
cash balances maintained throughout 1999 as compared to the prior year.

                                       24
<PAGE>

      Provision  for income  taxes:  The  provision for income taxes in 1999 was
$794,000. Income taxes were provided for at a 41.0% effective tax rate for 1999.
In 1998,  the provision  for income taxes was  $623,000,  which was based upon a
46.7% effective tax rate.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997

      Net sales.  Net sales  decreased  by 10.4% or $19.9  million,  from $191.4
million in 1997 to $171.5 million in 1998.  Product sales decreased by 20.8%, or
$30.7  million,  from  $147.6  million in 1997 to $116.9  million in 1998.  This
decline in product sales was primarily  attributable  to increased  competition,
reduced  unit  volume  and lower  average  selling  prices.  This trend has been
accelerated  by the ability of  customers  to  purchase  directly  from  certain
manufacturers at discounted  prices.  Services and support revenue  increased by
24.7%,  or $10.8  million,  from $43.8 million in 1997 to $54.6 million in 1998.
This increase was primarily  attributable to increased  demand for the Company's
services and support offerings,  particularly its network  consulting  services,
and an increase in the number and size of customer projects. Notwithstanding the
year-to-year increase in services and support revenue, the Company experienced a
decline in such revenue in the fourth  quarter of 1998 as compared to the fourth
quarter of 1997.  This decline was primarily  attributable  to decreased  demand
from certain  customers.  In  response,  the Company is  emphasizing  its higher
margin,  value-added  services  and support  offerings,  including,  among other
services,  network  integration,  applications  development and internet-related
offerings.  In 1998,  sales to KPMG LLP accounted for  approximately  15% of the
Company's net sales.  There can be no assurance that such customer will continue
to place  orders with the Company or engage the Company to perform  services and
support at existing levels.

      Gross  profit.  The  Company's  gross  profit  declined  by 3.5%,  or $1.1
million,  from $32.1  million in 1997 to $31.0  million in 1998.  The  Company's
overall gross profit margin  increased  from 16.8% of net sales in 1997 to 18.0%
in 1998 primarily due to the improved  sales mix resulting from higher  services
and support revenue. Gross profit margin attributable to product sales decreased
from  11.7%  in 1997 to  11.5%  in 1998  due to  downward  pricing  pressure  on
products.  The Company is addressing  this trend by  increasing  its emphasis on
comprehensive,  higher-margin  solution-based  offerings.  Gross  profit  margin
attributable  to services and support  revenue  decreased from 33.7% of services
and support  revenue in 1997 to 32.2% in 1998.  This  decrease was  attributable
primarily  to lower  utilization  of billable  personnel,  the effect of the MTA
Contract,  several  long-term  staffing  contracts,  which typically yield lower
gross margins than projects,  and services and support  revenue  increasing at a
slower rate than related personnel and recruiting costs.

      Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses increased by 20.8% or $4.7 million from $22.8 million in
1997 to $27.5  million in 1998.  This  increase was  primarily  attributable  to
increased  general and  administrative  personnel  and related  costs,  training
costs,  professional  fees,  depreciation and amortization  charges,  additional
leased facilities and related costs, communication costs and insurance premiums.

      (Recovery)  write-off  of  capitalized  asset.  In  connection  with  the
one-time  write-off of capitalized  software and consulting fees associated with
the Company's termination of implementation of an integrated accounting software
program, the Company recorded a charge of $2.5 million.

                                       25
<PAGE>

Risk Factors:

           AlphaNet  Solutions is focusing  significant  efforts on evolving its
core  business  from  a  company  relying  mainly  on  sales  of  product  to  a
professional  services firm focusing primarily on network design and management.
The  implementation  of this strategy has resulted in reduced  product sales and
the pursuit of higher-margin  services  revenue.  There is no assurance that the
Company will be successful in effectuating this transition.

           Recruitment  of personnel  in the IT industry is highly  competitive.
The Company's  success depends upon its ability to recruit and retain  qualified
management, business  development, and  technical  personnel.  There  can  be no
assurance  that the Company will be successful in attracting  and retaining such
personnel  in the  future.  Failure  to  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified
personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

           The Company's  common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market
System,  and there has been  substantial  volatility  in the market price of the
Company's  common stock.  The trading  price of the  Company's  common stock has
been, and is likely to continue to be, subject to  significant  fluctuations  in
response to  variations  in  quarterly  operating  results,  the gain or loss of
significant  contracts,  changes in management,  general trends in the industry,
recommendations by industry analysts,  and other events or factors. In addition,
the  equity  markets  in  general  have  experienced  extreme  price and  volume
fluctuations which have affected the market price of the Company's common stock,
as well as the stock of many technology companies. Often, price fluctuations are
unrelated to operating  performance  of the  specific  companies  whose stock is
affected.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:

           SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging
Activities" is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after June 15, 2000.  SFAS
No. 133 addresses the accounting for derivative  instruments,  including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities.  The
Statement  standardizes  the accounting for derivative  instruments by requiring
that an entity  recognize  those items as assets or liabilities in the statement
of financial  position and measure them at fair value. The Company is evaluating
the Statement's  provisions to determine the effect on its financial statements.
In  addition,  the  impact  of SFAS No.  133 will  depend on the terms of future
transactions.

           In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued
a Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 (SAB 101), "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements".  SAB 101  summarizes  certain of the SEC staff's  views in applying
generally  accepted  accounting  principles to revenue  recognition in financial
statements.  Based upon information currently available, SAB 101 is not expected
to have a significant  impact on the Company's  financial position or results of
operations.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources:

           Cash and cash  equivalents  at  December  31,  1999 of $16.5  million
increased  by 23.2% or $3.1  million  from $13.4  million at December  31, 1998.
Working capital, which is the excess of current assets over current liabilities,
at December 31, 1999 was $37.8  million as compared to $35.4 million at December
31, 1998  representing  an increase of $2.4 million or 7.0%. The increase in the
Company's cash and cash  equivalents and working capital is primarily the result
of the Company's earnings for the year and the Company's improvement in accounts
receivable performance.

      Since its inception,  the Company has funded its operations primarily from
cash generated by operations,  as well as with funds from  borrowings  under the
Company's  credit  facilities  and the net proceeds  from the  Company's  public
offerings.  The Company's cash provided by operations from the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1999 was $4.6 million  which  consisted  primarily of a decrease in
accounts receivable of $6.4 million,  primarily  attributable to the decrease in
net sales and the  improvement  in days sales  outstanding.  As  measured in day
sales outstanding,  the Company's accounts receivable  decreased from 78 days at
December 31, 1998 to 69 days at December 31, 1999.  The Company's  cash provided
by  operations  for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1998 was $14.6  million.
Accounts   receivable   decreased  by  $17.3  million  during  1998,   primarily
attributable  to the  decrease  in net sales and the  timing  of  collection  of
accounts  receivable.  However,  the Company's cash used in operations  from the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 was $11.9 million which consisted  primarily
of an increase in accounts  receivable from increased sales.  During fiscal year
1999,  accounts  payable  and accrued  expenses  decreased  by $6.2  million due
principally  to the decrease in the Company's  product sales and fourth  quarter
adjustments to vacation and other accruals.

           Capital  expenditures of $1.6 million,  $4.0 million and $3.8 million
during the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997,  respectively,  were
primarily  for  the  purchase  of  computer   equipment  and  upgraded  software
implementations.  The Company  anticipates  additional  capital  expenditures to
continue the  expansion  of the  services  component of its business and for the
enhancement of its MIS infrastructure.

           On June 30,  1997,  the Company and First  Union  National  Bank (the
"Bank")  executed a Loan and Security  Agreement  whereby the Bank  expanded the
Company's  credit facility to enable the Company to borrow,  based upon eligible
accounts  receivable,  up  to  $15.0  million  for  short-term  working  capital
purposes.  Such facility  includes a $2.5 million sublimit for letters of credit
and a $5.0 million sublimit for acquisition  advances.  Under the facility,  the
Company may borrow, subject to certain post-closing  conditions and covenants by
the  Company,  (i) for working  capital  purposes at the Bank's  prime rate less
0.50% or LIBOR plus  1.25% and (ii) for  acquisitions  at the Bank's  prime rate
less 0.25% or LIBOR plus 1.50%.  The Company's  obligations  under such facility
are collateralized by a first priority lien on the Company's accounts receivable
and  inventory,  except  for  inventory  for  which  the Bank  has or will  have
subordinated  its position to certain  other lenders  pursuant to  intercreditor
agreements.  On September 30, 1998, the Company and the Bank executed a Loan and
Security  Agreement  whereby the Bank extended the Company's credit facility for
an additional year through  September 30, 1999.  Effective  October 1, 1999, the
Company and the Bank extended the Company's credit facility on substantially the
same terms and  conditions  for an interim  period  ending  December  31,  1999.
Effective  January 1, 2000,  the Company  and the Bank  extended  the  Company's
credit facility for an additional year ending December 31, 2000 on substantially
similar  terms;  however,  the Bank has  provided  $2 million of the $15 million
credit  line to the  Company on an  uncollateralized  basis.  Under this  credit
facility,  the Company is required to maintain a minimum  fixed charge  coverage
ratio,  and a total  liabilities  to net worth ratio.  At December 31, 1999,  no
amounts were outstanding under the credit facility.

                                       27
<PAGE>

           In August  1998,  the Board of  Directors  authorized  the Company to
repurchase up to 225,000 shares of its outstanding common stock at market price.
On May 20, 1999, the Board of Directors  authorized the Company to repurchase up
to 225,000  additional  shares of its common stock at market  price.  During the
year ended December 31, 1998,  136,800 shares of the Company's common stock were
repurchased  for  approximately  $667,000,  an average price of $4.87 per share.
During the year ended December 31, 1999,  13,800 shares of the Company's  common
stock was repurchased for approximately  $53,000,  an average price of $3.89 per
share.  As of December  31,  1999,  a total of 150,600  shares of the  Company's
common stock has been repurchased for approximately  $720,000,  an average price
of $4.78 per share since the inception of the repurchase program in August 1998.

           On June 18, 1997, the Company  completed a secondary  public offering
of  2,000,000  shares of its  Common  Stock at an  offering  price of $16.50 per
share. Of the 2,000,000 shares offered, 1,150,000 shares were issued and sold by
the Company and 850,000  shares were sold by Stan Gang,  the Company's  Chairman
and The Gang  Annuity  Trust.  The  Company  received  $15.51 per share,  before
offering expenses, yielding net proceeds of approximately $17,200,000.

           The  Company's  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan was  approved  by the
Company's  shareholders in May 1998.  During 1998, 80,888 shares of common stock
were sold to employees  under the plan for  approximately  $509,000,  an average
price of $6.29 per share. During 1999,  employees purchased an additional 49,691
shares under the plan for approximately  $177,000, an average price of $3.54 per
share. The Company has issued an aggregate of 130,579 shares since the inception
of the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan at an average  price of $5.25 per share,
receiving total proceeds of $685,000.

           In January 2000,  the Company  acquired a 30% preferred  stock equity
interest in nex-i.com Inc. for approximately $1.8 million in cash.

           The  Company   purchases  certain  inventory  and  equipment  through
financing   arrangements   with  Finova  Capital   Corporation  and  IBM  Credit
Corporation.   At  December  31,  1999,  there  were  outstanding   balances  of
approximately  $2.0 million for Finova  Capital  Corporation  and  approximately
$500,000 for IBM Credit Corporation under such  arrangements.  Obligations under
such financing  arrangements  are  collateralized  by  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company.

           The Company believes that its available funds, together with existing
and anticipated credit  facilities,  will be adequate to satisfy its current and
planned operations for at least the next 12 months.

                                       28
<PAGE>

           In 1997 and 1998, the Company was notified by the taxing  authorities
of several  jurisdictions  concerning  the  Company's  failure  to meet  certain
reporting and compliance  requirements of such jurisdictions with respect to the
Company's  tax  obligations.  During 1998,  the Company  implemented  aggressive
actions to resolve any tax reporting and  compliance  delinquencies  by properly
reporting and paying its obligations. The Company has recorded an amount for any
unpaid  taxes,  interest  and/or  penalties.   The  Company  believes  that  the
resolution  of these  matters will not have a material  impact on the  Company's
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

           The Company and its independent auditors have identified  significant
deficiencies in the design and operation of its internal control structure.  The
Company's independent auditors have determined such deficiencies are "reportable
conditions."  The Company has  implemented and is in the process of implementing
additional policies, procedures and controls to correct these deficiencies.  The
Company does not believe that such  deficiencies  have had a material  effect on
the Company's  reported financial  results.  However,  there can be no assurance
that such  deficiencies will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
ability to record, process, summarize and/or report its financial information.

                                       29
<PAGE>

               SELECTED UNAUDITED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The table on the  following  page  presents  certain  condensed  unaudited
quarterly  financial  information  for each of the eight  most  recent  quarters
during the period  ended  December 31, 1999.  This  information  is derived from
unaudited  consolidated financial statements of the Company that include, in the
opinion of the Company,  all adjustments  (consisting  only of normal  recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of results of operations for such
periods,  when  read in  conjunction  with the  audited  Consolidated  Financial
Statements of the Company and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.







                      [This space left blank intentionally]








                                       30
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                  Quarter Ended

                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Statement of Income Data:                                          (in thousands, except per share data)
                                          Mar. 31,    June 30,   Sept. 30,   Dec. 31,    Mar. 31,   June 30,    Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
                                              1998        1998        1998       1998        1999       1999         1999     1999
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>
Net sales:
   Product..............................  $31,297     $29,823    $ 30,388    $25,400     $18,692    $ 19,566     $ 25,817  $ 19,223
   Services and support.................   14,194      15,099      13,212     12,123      11,436      12,567       14,420    14,842
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                           45,491      44,922      43,600     37,523      30,128      32,133       40,237    34,065
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Cost of sales:
   Product (2)..........................   27,377      26,300      26,669     23,176      16,609      17,519       23,234    18,047
   Services and support.................    9,395      10,424       8,661      8,578       8,138       8,585        9,278     9,492
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                           36,772      36,724      35,330     31,754      24,747      26,104       32,512    27,539
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Gross profit:
   Product (2)..........................    3,920       3,523       3,719      2,224       2,083       2,047        2,583     1,176
   Services and support.................    4,799       4,675       4,551      3,545       3,298       3,982        5,142     5,350
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                            8,719       8,198       8,270      5,769       5,381       6,029        7,725     6,526
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative (3).    6,562       7,036       7,199      6,708       6,232       6,005        7,186     5,320
(Recovery)write-off of capitalized asset (1)  -           -         2,476        -           -           -           (139)       -
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                            6,562       7,036       9,675      6,708       6,232       6,005        7,047     5,320
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Operating income (loss).................    2,157       1,162      (1,405)      (939)       (851)         24          678     1,206
Other income (expense), net.............       73         129          81         76         249         155          209       266
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Income (loss) before income taxes.......    2,230       1,291      (1,324)      (863)       (602)        179          887     1,472
Provision (benefit) for income taxes....      914         529        (543)      (277)       (250)         74          364       606
                                          --------   ---------   ---------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Net income (loss).......................  $ 1,316     $   762    $   (781)   $  (586)    $  (352)   $    105     $    523  $    866
                                          ========   =========   =========   ========    ========   ========     ========  ========
Net income (loss) per share (diluted)...  $  0.21     $  0.12    $  (0.12)   $ (0.09)    $ (0.06)   $   0.02     $   0.08  $   0.14
                                          ========   =========   =========   ========    ========   ========     ========  ========
As a Percentage of Net Sales:
Net sales:
   Product..............................     68.8%       66.4%       69.7%      67.7%       62.0%       60.9%        64.2%     56.4%
   Services and support.................     31.2%       33.6%       30.3%      32.3%       38.0%       39.1%        35.8%     43.6%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                            100.0%      100.0%      100.0%     100.0%      100.0%      100.0%       100.0%    100.0%
Cost of sales...........................     80.8%       81.8%       81.0%      84.6%       82.1%       81.2%        80.8%     80.8%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Gross profit............................     19.2%       18.2%       19.0%      15.4%       17.9%       18.8%        19.2%     19.2%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative (3).     14.4%       15.7%       16.5%      17.9%       20.7%       18.7%        17.8%     15.6%

(Recovery)write-off of capitalized asset (1)   -           -          5.7%        -           -          -           (0.3)%      -
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
                                             14.4%       15.7%       22.2%      17.9%       20.7%       18.7%        17.5%     15.6%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Operating income (loss).................      4.7%        2.6%       (3.2)%     (2.5)%      (2.8)%       0.1%         1.7%      3.5%
Other income (expense), net.............      0.2%        0.3%        0.2%       0.2%        0.8%        0.5%         0.5%      0.8%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Income before income taxes..............      4.9%        2.9%       (3.0)%     (2.3)%      (2.0)%       0.6%         2.2%      4.3%
Provision for income taxes..............      2.0%        1.2%       (1.2)%     (0.7)%      (0.8)%       0.2%         0.9%      1.8%
                                          --------    --------    --------   --------    --------   --------     --------  --------
Net income..............................      2.9%        1.7%       (1.8)%     (1.6)%      (1.2)%       0.3%         1.3%      2.5%
                                          ========    ========    ========   ========    ========   ========     ========  ========
Gross profit (as a percentage of
related net sales):
   Product (2)..........................     12.5%       11.8%       12.2%       8.8%       11.1%      10.5%        10.0%     6.1%
   Services and support.................     33.8%       31.0%       34.4%      29.2%       28.8%      31.7%        35.7%    36.0%

</TABLE>

(1)   Reflects a one-time (recovery)  write-off in 1998 of capitalized  software
      and  consulting  fees  associated  with the  Company's  termination  of an
      integrated  accounting  software program and  implementation  thereof.  In
      1999, the Company was able to recover $139,000 of such costs.

(2)   The  quarters  ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998  reflect  adjustments  to
      reduce inventories by $455,000 and $450,000,  respectively. (3) During the
      quarter ended September 30, 1999, the Company recorded additional bad debt
      expense of approximately  $1.5 million.  During the quarter ended December
      31, 1999, the Company adjusted  approximately $1.1 million of vacation and
      other  accruals as a  reduction  of  selling,  general and  administrative
      expense.

                                       31
<PAGE>

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

      Not applicable.


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

      Reference  is  made  to Item  14(a)(1)  and (2) on page  F-1 for a list of
financial  statements  and  supplementary  data required to be filed pursuant to
this Item 8.

      Reference  is made to Item 7  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Results of Operations  and Financial  Condition - Selected  Unaudited  Quarterly
Results of Operations" on pages 32-33 for selected unaudited quarterly financial
data.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure.

      Not applicable.

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                    PART III


Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.

           The information  called for by this Item 10 relating to the Company's
directors  and  executive  officers,  which will be included  under the headings
"Election of Directors"  and  "Executive  Officers" in the Company's  definitive
proxy statement for the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders,  to be filed within
120 days after the end of the Company's  fiscal year, is incorporated  herein by
reference to such proxy statement.


Item 11.   Executive Compensation.

           The  information  called for by this Item 11,  which will be included
under the heading  "Executive  Compensation"  in the Company's  definitive proxy
statement for the 2000 Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders,  to be filed within 120
days after the end of the  Company's  fiscal  year,  is  incorporated  herein by
reference to such proxy statement.


Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

           The  information  called for by this Item 12,  which will be included
under  the  heading  "Security   Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and
Management"  in the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement for the 2000 Annual
Meeting  of  Shareholders,  to be filed  within  120 days  after  the end of the
Company's  fiscal  year,  is  incorporated  herein by  reference  to such  proxy
statement.


Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

           The  information  called for by this Item 13,  which will be included
under the  heading  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions"  in the
Company's   definitive   proxy   statement  for  the  2000  Annual   Meeting  of
Shareholders,  to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal
year, is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.



                                       33
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)     (1)          Financial Statements.

                     Reference  is made to the Index to  Consolidated  Financial
                     Statements on page F-1.

(a)     (2)          Financial Statement Schedules and Supplementary Data.

                     Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

                     All other financial statement schedules are omitted because
                     the information is not required,  or is otherwise  included
                     in the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or  the  notes
                     thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)     (3)          Exhibits.

                     Reference is made to the Index to Exhibits on pages 37-40.

(b)                  Reports on Form 8-K.

                     The Company filed no Current Reports on Form 8-K during the
                     last quarter of the period covered by this Annual Report.


                                       34
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit              Description of
   No.               Exhibit
- ------               ------------

3.1*                 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2*                 Amended and Restated Bylaws.

4.1*#                1995 Stock Plan of the Company.

4.2*#                1995 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.

4.3*#                401(k) Plan, adopted October 1991.

10.1*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and Stan Gang.

10.2*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and Bruce Flitcroft.

10.3*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and Philip M. Pfau.

10.4*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and Dennis Samuelson.

10.5*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and Lawrence Mahon.

10.6*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and John Centinaro.

10.7*#               Employment  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1995  between  the
                     Company and John Crescenzo.

10.8*#               Employment Agreement effective November 1, 1995 between the
                     Company and Gary S. Finkel.

10.9*                Lease dated June 27, 1994 by and between Sutman Associates
                     and the Company, as amended.

10.10*               Form of Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.

10.11*               Agreement dated July 1, 1994 by and between the Company and
                     MicroAge Computer Centers, Inc., as amended.

                                       35
<PAGE>

10.12*               Reseller  Agreement  dated  November 7, 1994 by and between
                     the  Company  and  Ingram  Alliance  Reseller  Company,   a
                     division of Ingram Micro, Inc. as amended.

10.13*               Agreement for Wholesale Financing dated May 20, 1988 by and
                     between the Company and IBM Credit Corporation.

10.14+               Dealer  Loan and  Security  Agreement  by and  between  the
                     Company and Finova Capital  Corporation  dated December 20,
                     1996.

10.15*               Agreement by Stan Gang dated February 19, 1996 to indemnify
                     the Company for certain losses.

10.16(lambda)        Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 18, 1996 by and between
                     Stan Gang and Lior, Inc.

10.17(lambda)        Assignment of Asset Purchase  Agreement dated July 24, 1996
                     by and between Stan Gang and the Company.

10.18**              Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated  June 30,  1997 by and
                     between First Union  National Bank and AlphaNet  Solutions,
                     Inc.

10.19**              Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  August  1,  1997  by and
                     between the Company and The Lande Group, Inc.

10.20##              Assignment of lease dated August 1, 1997 by and between The
                     Lande Group, Inc., 460 West 34th Street Associates, and the
                     Company of a lease dated  December  23, 1996 by and between
                     460 West 34th Street Associates and The Lande Group, Inc.

10.21##              Form of Indemnification  Agreement entered into by past and
                     present Directors and Officers.

10.22***             First Amendment to and Reaffirmation of Loan Document dated
                     September 30, 1998 by and between First Union National Bank
                     and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.23***             Revolving  Note dated  September  30,  1998 by and  between
                     First Union National Bank and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.24****            Sublease, American International Recovery, Inc. to AlphaNet
                     Solutions, Inc.

                                       36
<PAGE>

10.25*****           Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.26@               Sub-Sublease  Agreement  dated  as of May  25,  1999 by and
                     between AlphaNet Solutions, Inc. and Datajump, Inc.

10.27@               Form of Change of  Control  Agreements  entered  into as of
                     June 8, 1999 with  certain  executive  officers of AlphaNet
                     Solutions, Inc.

10.28=               Second  Amendment to and  Reaffirmation  of Loan  Documents
                     dated as of September  28, 1999 by and between  First Union
                     National Bank and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.29=               Revolving  Note  dated  as of  September  28,  1999  by and
                     between First Union  National Bank and AlphaNet  Solutions,
                     Inc.

10.30                Third  Amendment  to and  Reaffirmation  of Loan  Documents
                     dated as of  January  1, 2000 by and  between  First  Union
                     National Bank and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.31                Revolving Note A dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between
                     First Union National Bank and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.32                Revolving Note B dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between
                     First Union National Bank and AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.

10.33                Securities  Purchase Agreement dated as of January 14, 2000
                     by and among AlphaNet Solutions,  Inc., Fallen Angel Equity
                     Fund LP, John L. Steffens and nex-i.com Inc.

10.34                Registration  Rights Agreement dated as of January 14, 2000
                     by and among AlphaNet Solutions,  Inc., Fallen Angel Equity
                     Fund LP, John L. Steffens and nex-i.com Inc.

10.35                Co-Sale Agreement dated as of January 14, 2000 by and among
                     AlphaNet Solutions, Inc., Fallen Angel Equity Fund LP, John
                     L. Steffens, nex-i.com Inc. and Ira A. Baseman.

21+                  Subsidiaries of the Company.

23                   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

27                   Financial Data Schedule.
- ---------

                                       37
<PAGE>

*          Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Registration Statement of
           Form S-1 (Registration  Statement No. 33-97922) declared effective on
           March 20, 1996.

**         Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for  the
           quarterly  period ended June 30, 1997,  filed with the  Commission on
           August 13, 1997.

***        Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Amended Form 10-Q for the
           quarterly  period ended September 30, 1998, filed with the Commission
           on November 25, 1998.

****       Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for  the
           quarterly  period ended June 30, 1998,  filed with the  Commission on
           August 14 , 1998.

*****      Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Registration Statement on
           Form S-8 dated June 29, 1998.

(lambda)   Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Current  Report on Form
           8-K, filed with the Commission on August 5, 1996.

#          A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to
           be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

@          Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for  the
           quarterly  period ended June 30, 1999,  filed with the  Commission on
           August 12, 1999.

=          Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for  the
           quarterly  period ended September 30, 1999, filed with the Commission
           on November 12, 1999.

+          Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  form 10-K for the year
           ended December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission on March 27, 1997.

           All other exhibits are filed herewith.


                                       38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                                                                          Page

<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Accountants.......................................................................................     F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998............................................................     F-3

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997.................................     F-4

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997...........................................................................................................     F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 .............................     F-6

Notes to consolidated financial statements..............................................................................     F-7

</TABLE>

                                       F-1
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.:



In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying
index appearing  under Item 14(a)(1) on page 34 present fairly,  in all material
respects, the financial position of AlphaNet Solutions,  Inc. and its Subsidiary
at December  31, 1999 and 1998,  and the results of their  operations  and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999, in
conformity with accounting  principles  generally accepted in the United States.
In addition,  in our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedule  listed in the
accompanying  index appearing under Item 14(a)(2) on page 34 presents fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  information  set  forth  therein  when  read  in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.  These financial
statements and the financial  statement  schedule are the  responsibility of the
Company's  management;  our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial  statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We  conducted  our  audits  of these  statements  in  accordance  with  auditing
standards  generally  accepted in the United States,  which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements,  assessing the accounting  principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion  expressed
above.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Florham Park, NJ

March 21, 2000
                                       F-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (in thousands, except share data)

                                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                                                --------------------------
                                                                                                    1999            1998
                                                                                                    ----            ----
                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
Current assets:
      Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................           $16,485         $13,377
      Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
             $3,289 and $1,300 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively............            26,700          33,057
      Inventory.......................................................................             2,533           3,505
      Deferred income taxes ..........................................................             1,889           1,761
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......................................             1,234           2,309
      Costs in excess of billings.....................................................               481              -
                                                                                                 -------         -------
            Total current assets......................................................            49,322          54,009

Property and equipment, net...........................................................             4,459           5,491
Other assets   .......................................................................             2,240           2,394
                                                                                                 -------         -------
            Total assets..............................................................           $56,021         $61,894
                                                                                                 =======         =======

                         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
      Current portion of capital lease obligations....................................           $    20        $     17
      Accounts payable................................................................             7,473          11,072
      Accrued expenses................................................................             3,988           6,730
      Billings in excess of costs.....................................................                -              815
                                                                                                 -------         -------
            Total current liabilities.................................................            11,481          18,634

Advance from principal shareholder....................................................               675             675
Capital lease obligations.............................................................                31              49
                                                                                                 -------         -------
            Total liabilities.........................................................            12,187          19,358
                                                                                                 -------         -------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)................................................
Shareholders' equity:
       Preferred stock-- $0.01 par value; authorized 3,000,000 shares,
         none issued..................................................................                -              -
       Common stock-- $0.01 par value; authorized 15,000,000 shares,
         6,423,399 and 6,366,228 shares issued and outstanding  at
         December  31, 1999 and December 31, 1998, respectively.......................                64              63
      Additional paid-in capital......................................................            34,150          33,942
      Retained earnings...............................................................            10,340           9,198
      Treasury stock-- at cost; 150,600 shares and 136,800 shares at
         December 31, 1999 and  1998, respectively....................................              (720)           (667)
                                                                                                 -------         -------
            Total  shareholders' equity................................................           43,834          42,536
                                                                                                 -------         -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.............................................          $56,021         $61,894
                                                                                                 =======         =======
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-3
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                                     1999             1998             1997
                                                                                     ----             ----             ----
<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Net sales:
      Product                                                                    $ 83,298         $116,908         $147,602
      Services and support.............................................            53,265           54,628           43,790
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
                                                                                  136,563          171,536          191,392
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
Cost of sales:
      Product                                                                      75,409          103,522          130,314
      Services and support.............................................            35,493           37,058           29,013
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
                                                                                  110,902          140,580          159,327
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
               Gross profit............................................            25,661           30,956           32,065
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
Operating expenses:
      Selling, general and administrative..............................            24,743           27,505           22,761
      (Recovery) write-off of capitalized asset........................              (139)           2,476               -
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
                                                                                   24,604           29,981           22,761

Operating income.......................................................             1,057              975            9,304

Other income:
      Interest income, net.............................................               577              240               61
      Other income.....................................................               302              119                -
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
                                                                                      879              359               61
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
Income before income taxes.............................................             1,936            1,334            9,365

Provision for income taxes.............................................               794              623            3,844
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
Net income                                                                       $  1,142         $    711         $  5,521
                                                                                 ========         ========         ========
Net income per share:

     Basic.............................................................          $   0.18         $   0.11         $   0.97
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
     Diluted...........................................................          $   0.18         $   0.11         $   0.93
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
Shares used to compute net income per share:

     Basic.............................................................             6,253            6,272            5,719
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
     Diluted...........................................................             6,265            6,331            5,905
                                                                                 --------         --------         --------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (in thousands)

                                          Common     Common      Treasury       Treasury         Paid-In   Retained
                                          Shares      Stock        Shares          Stock         Capital   Earnings         Total
                                          --------  --------- ------------- --------------  -------------- ----------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>
  Balance at December 31, 1996...........  5,103       $ 51            -              -         $ 15,904    $ 2,966      $ 18,921

        Sales of common stock............  1,150         12            -              -           17,200         -         17,212
        Exercise of stock options........      4          -            -              -               68         -             68
        Net income.......................      -          -            -              -                                     5,521
                                                                                                      -       5,521
                                           -----       ----                                     --------    --------     --------
  Balance at December 31, 1997...........  6,257       $ 63            -              -         $ 33,172    $ 8,487      $ 41,722

        Exercise of stock options........     28          -            -              -              261        -             261
        Employee stock purchases.........     81          -            -              -              509        -             509
        Purchase of treasury stock.......      -          -          (137)          (667)             -         -            (667)
        Net income.......................      -          -            -              -               -         711           711
                                           -----       ----         -----          -----        --------    --------     --------
  Balance at December 31, 1998...........  6,366       $ 63          (137)         ($667)       $ 33,942    $ 9,198      $ 42,536

        Exercise of stock options........      7          -            -              -               32        -              32
        Employee stock purchases.........     50          1            -              -              176        -             177
        Purchase of treasury stock.......      -          -           (14)           (53)             -         -             (53)
        Net income.......................      -          -            -              -               -       1,142         1,142
                                           -----       ----         -----         ------        --------    --------     --------
  Balance at December 31, 1999...........  6,423       $ 64          (151)         ($720)       $ 34,150    $10,340      $ 43,834
                                           =====       ====         =====         ======        ========    ========     ========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)
                                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                                                1999           1998           1997
                                                                                                ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                                                          <C>              <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income..........................................................................      $ 1,142        $   711        $ 5,521
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
      operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization....................................................        2,666          2,662          1,671
      Deferred income taxes............................................................         (128)          (110)        (1,206)
        Loss on disposal of capital asset..............................................          149             -              -
        Provision for accounts receivable..............................................        1,989            414            992
        Provision for inventory........................................................          300            399            400
      (Recovery) write-off of capitalized asset........................................         (139)         2,476             -
      Increase (decrease) from changes in:
         Accounts receivable...........................................................        4,368         16,917        (18,970)
         Inventories...................................................................          672          1,037           (365)
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets.....................................        1,075          1,289         (1,652)
         Other assets..................................................................          (22)           324            302
         Accounts payable..............................................................       (3,460)        (6,849)        (4,392)
         Accrued expenses..............................................................       (2,742)        (5,449)         5,820
         Billing in excess of costs....................................................       (1,296)           815             -
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..............................        4,574         14,636        (11,879)
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Property and equipment expenditures.................................................       (1,618)        (3,999)        (3,842)
   Acquisition of businesses...........................................................           -              -            (380)
    Proceeds from sale of equipment                                                               11
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
      Net cash used in investing activities............................................       (1,607)        (3,999)        (4,222)
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Repayment of capital lease obligations..............................................          (15)           (52)          (100)
   Net proceeds from sales of common stock.............................................          177            509         17,212
   Exercise of stock options...........................................................           32            261             68
   Purchase of treasury stock..........................................................          (53)          (667)            -
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
      Net cash provided by financing activities........................................          141             51         17,180
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents..............................................        3,108         10,688          1,079
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period.........................................       13,377          2,689          1,610
                                                                                             -------        -------        --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period...............................................      $16,485        $13,377        $ 2,689
                                                                                             =======        =======        ========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-6
<PAGE>

                            ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

   Nature of Business:

       AlphaNet Solutions,  Inc.  ("AlphaNet  Solutions" or the "Company") is an
information technology ("IT") professional services firm specializing in network
design,  operation,  management,  and security.  Through its Enterprise  Network
Management  Division,  the Company also offers remote network  management,  call
center  support,  and managed  security  services.  The Company's  customers are
primarily  Fortune 1000 and other large and mid-sized  companies  located in the
New York-to-Philadelphia corridor.

      Basis of Consolidation:

      The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of AlphaNet
Solutions,  Inc. and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  All  material  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents:

      The Company  considers all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with an
original  maturity of three months or less to be cash  equivalents.  The Company
has bank  balances,  including  cash  equivalents,  which at  times  may  exceed
Federally insured limits.

    Financial Instruments:

      The  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  such  as cash  and  cash
equivalents,  trade receivables,  and payables  approximates their fair value at
December  31,  1999 and 1998.  As of December  31, 1998 and 1998,  there were no
amounts outstanding under the Company's credit facility.

   Inventory:

      Inventory,  consisting  entirely of goods for resale,  are stated at the
lower of cost or market with cost determined on the weighted average method.

   Property and Equipment:

      Property and equipment are stated at cost less  accumulated  depreciation.
Repairs and maintenance costs which do not extend the useful lives of the assets
are expensed as incurred.  The Company provides for depreciation on property and
equipment,  except for leasehold improvements,  on the straight-line method over
the  estimated  useful  lives  of the  assets,  generally  two to  seven  years.
Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on the  straight-line  method  over the
shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining term of the
applicable lease.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>

      Costs of computer  software  developed  or obtained  for  internal use and
costs associated with technology under development are capitalized and amortized
over the  estimated  useful lives of the assets,  generally  two-to-five  years.
Capitalization  of costs begins when conceptual and design  activities have been
completed,  and when  management has authorized and committed to fund a project.
Costs capitalized include external and internal direct costs of labor, materials
and services.  Costs  associated  with  training and general and  administrative
activities are expensed as incurred.

   Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets:

      The  Company  reviews the  recoverability  of its  long-lived  assets on a
periodic  basis in order to identify  business  conditions  which may indicate a
possible impairment.  The assessment for potential impairment is based primarily
on the Company's  ability to recover the  unamortized  balance of its long-lived
assets from  expected  future  undiscounted  cash flows.  If the total  expected
future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, a
loss is recognized for the  difference  between the fair value  (computed  based
upon the expected  future  discounted  cash flows) and the carrying value of the
assets.

   Stock-Based Compensation:

      In 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("FAS 123")  which  requires
companies to measure stock  compensation plans based on the fair value method of
accounting or to continue to apply APB No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees"  ("APB 25"), and to provide pro forma footnote  disclosure  under the
fair  value  method.   Effective  January  1,  1996,  the  Company  adopted  the
disclosure-only provisions of FAS 123 and continues to follow APB 25 and related
interpretations to account for the Company's stock compensation plans.

   Revenue Recognition:

      The Company recognizes sales of products when the products are shipped and
title passes.  Consulting and other  services and support  revenue is recognized
when the applicable  services are rendered.  The Company  recognizes  revenue on
service  contracts on a prorated basis over the life of the contracts.  Revenues
under the  Metropolitan  Transit  Authority  Contract (the "MTA  Contract")  are
recognized on the percentage-of-completion  method based on total costs incurred
relative to total estimated costs. Currently, total contract costs are estimated
to be equal  to the  total  contract  revenue  and,  accordingly,  revenues  are
recognized  to the  extent  of  costs  incurred.  Prepaid  fees  related  to the
Company's  training  programs  are  deferred  and  amortized  to income over the
duration of the applicable  training  program.  Deferred  revenue is included in
accrued  expenses  (See Note 4) and  represents  the  unearned  portion  of each
service  contract and the unamortized  balance of prepaid training fees received
as of the balance sheet date.

      In connection with the Company's  product sales, it receives  manufacturer
rebates and other  incentives  on product  sales to third  parties.  The Company
accrues for such rebates and incentives,  as earned,  and they are recorded as a
reduction to cost of goods sold.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>

  Use of Estimates:

      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period.  The Company's most significant  accounting  estimates include
assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, inventory valuation, rebate
accruals, the realizability of MTA Contract costs, the realizability of deferral
tax assets,  and the  amortization  period of intangibles.  Actual results could
differ from those estimates. The markets for the Company's services and products
are  characterized  by  intense   competition,   technology   advances  and  new
product/service introductions, all of which could impact the future value of the
Company's assets.

      In December  1997,  the Company  entered into a four-year,  $20.4  million
contract  with the MTA to  furnish  and  install  local and  wide-area  computer
network components including network and telecommunications  hardware,  software
and cabling  throughout  the MTA's over 200 locations.  The aggregate  amount of
this contract was  subsequently  increased to $20.6 million.  The Company is the
prime  contractor  on this project and is  responsible  for project  management,
systems  procurement,  and  installation.  The  work is  grouped  in  contiguous
locations and payment is predicated upon achieving specific milestone events. In
the event of default, in addition to all other remedies at law, the MTA reserves
the right to terminate the services of the Company and complete the MTA Contract
itself at the Company's  cost.  In the event of unexcused  delay by the Company,
the Company may be obligated to pay, as liquidated  damages,  the sum of $100 to
$200 per day.

      The Company has performed  services and supplied products to the MTA since
the inception of the MTA Contract.  The work  performed to date at MTA sites has
required greater than originally estimated labor and other costs to complete. In
May 1999,  the  Company  submitted  a formal  request  to the MTA for  equitable
adjustment in the amount of approximately $1.5 million and for a time extension.
This request was  supplemented  with a further  submission  in October  1999. In
January  2000,  the Project  Manager for the MTA Contract  denied the  Company's
request, thereby triggering the Company's right under the contract to appeal the
Project Manager's denial to the MTA's Dispute Resolution Office (the "DRO"). The
Company filed its Notice of Appeal with the DRO in February  2000,  and pursuant
to the DRO's request,  filed a further written  submission with the DRO on March
23,  2000.  It is not yet known  when or how the DRO will rule on the  Company's
appeal.  Under the terms of the MTA Contract,  the Company is entitled to appeal
any adverse  determination  of the DRO to the trial-level  court in the State of
New York.  The  Company  believes  that its  request  for  equitable  adjustment
constitutes a valid claim under the MTA Contract.  There can be no assurance the
MTA will approve,  either in whole or in part,  any equitable  adjustment in the
contract  amount or terms  requested  by the  Company.  However,  as a result of
changes in work rules and operating  procedures,  increased cooperation from MTA
personnel,  realization of increased  operating  efficiencies,  improvements  in
project management and potential outsourcing of certain future cabling work, the
Company  currently  estimates that  aggregate  costs will  approximate  contract
revenues,  excluding any equitable  adjustment which may be approved by the MTA.
Consequently,  the Company is recording revenues under the MTA Contract equal to
costs  incurred.  For the years  ended  December  31,  1999 and  1998,  revenues
recorded in  connection  with the MTA Contract  amounted to  approximately  $3.5
million and $6.0 million, respectively, and no profit has been recognized. As of
December 31, 1999,  costs in excess of billings under the MTA Contract  amounted
to approximately  $481,000. As of December 31, 1998, billings in excess of costs
under the MTA Contract amounted to approximately $815,000.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>

   Income Taxes:

      The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under the asset and  liability
method.  Under  the  asset  and  liability  method,   deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are  recognized  based upon  differences  arising from the carrying
amounts of the Company's assets and liabilities for tax and financial  reporting
purposes using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences
are expected to reverse.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period when the change in tax
rates is enacted.

   Reclassifications:

      Certain  prior  year  amounts  have been  reclassified  to  conform to the
current year's presentation.

   Retirement Plan:

      The Company  adopted a 401(k)  retirement  plan in 1991.  Employees of the
Company who have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan.
Employees  can elect to  contribute up to 15% of their gross salary to the plan.
The Company may make  discretionary  matching cash contributions up to 2% of the
salary  of the  participating  individual  employee.  Participants  vest  in the
Company's  contributions  to the plan over a six-year period based upon years of
service.   Participants  are  fully  vested  at  all  times  in  their  employee
contributions to the plan. The Company's  matching  contributions were $377,000,
$446,000 and $277,000 to this plan in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

   Concentrations of Credit Risk:

           Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject  the  Company to
significant    concentrations   of   credit   risk,   consist   principally   of
interest-bearing investments and accounts receivable.

           The Company  maintains cash and cash equivalents and investments with
various major financial institutions.  The Company performs periodic evaluations
of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions.

           At December 31, 1999,  approximately  71% of the  Company's  accounts
receivable were due from its top ten customers.  The Company's  customer base is
principally  comprised of Fortune 1000 companies and,  accordingly,  the Company
generally does not require  collateral.  The Company performs credit evaluations
of customers and establishes credit limits as appropriate.

   Business Segments:

           The Company  operates in one business  segment,  the  provision of IT
technology  solutions for its clients.  To provide these solutions,  the Company
provides consulting services and, if necessary, products.

                                       F-11
<PAGE>

2. Business Combination

      On August 1, 1997,  the Company  consummated  the  acquisition  of certain
assets and assumed certain  liabilities of The Lande Group,  Inc.  ("Lande"),  a
computer equipment reseller and provider of systems integration services located
in New York City. The Company  acquired  certain assets and liabilities of Lande
for approximately $1.8 million,  subsequently  reduced by the return of $250,000
held in escrow.  In connection  with this  acquisition,  the Company  recognized
goodwill in the amount of  $1,537,000,  which is being  amortized over a 15 year
period.

      Amortization  of intangible  assets for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998, and 1997 was approximately $176,000, $170,000
and $101,700, respectively.

3.  Inventory

      Inventory consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               ---------------------------
                                                                                     December 31,
                                                                                    (in thousands)
                                                                               ---------------------------
                                                                                   1999             1998
                                                                                   ----             ----
      <S>                                                                        <C>              <C>
      Inventory.....................................................             $2,833           $4,534

      Less:  Reserve for obsolescence...............................                300            1,029
                                                                                 ------           ------
                                                                                 $2,533           $3,505
                                                                                 ======           ======

<CAPTION>

4. Property and Equipment, net

      Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

                                                                               ---------------------------
                                                                                     December 31,
                                                                                    (in thousands)
                                                                               ---------------------------
                                                                                   1999             1998
                                                                                   ----             ----
      Furniture, fixtures and equipment.............................            $10,582          $ 9,035
      Transportation equipment......................................                286              157
      Leasehold improvements........................................                992              912
      Construction in progress......................................                  -              397
                                                                                 11,860           10,501
      Less-- Accumulated depreciation and amortization..............              7,401            5,010
                                                                                -------          --------
                                                                                $ 4,459          $  5,491
                                                                                =======          ========
</TABLE>

      Depreciation  expense and  amortization of leasehold  improvements for the
years ended December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997 were,  $2,490,000,  $2,492,000 and
$1,570,000, respectively.

5. Accrued Expenses

      Accrued expenses consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           --------------------------
                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                (in thousands)
                                                                           --------------------------
                                                                              1999             1998
                                                                              ----             ----
      <S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
      Accrued payroll  and vacation costs.......................            $1,970           $2,498
      Deferred revenue..........................................             1,438            1,888
      Sales taxes...............................................               300              986
      Other.....................................................               280            1,358
                                                                            ------           ------
                                                                            $3,988           $6,730
                                                                            ======           ======
</TABLE>

6.  Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

   Notes Payable -- Bank:

      On June 30,  1997,  the Company and the Bank  executed a Loan and Security
Agreement  whereby the Bank expanded the Company's  facility (the "Facility") to
enable the Company to borrow,  based upon eligible  accounts  receivable,  up to
$15.0 million for short-term  working capital purposes.  The Facility includes a
$2.5  million  sublimit  for letters of credit and a $5.0  million  sublimit for
acquisition  advances.  Under the Facility,  the Company may borrow,  subject to
certain post-closing conditions and covenants,  (i) for working capital purposes
at the  Bank's  prime  rate  less  0.50%  or  LIBOR  plus  1.25%  and  (ii)  for
acquisitions  at the  Bank's  prime rate less  0.25% or LIBOR  plus  1.50%.  The
Company's obligations under such facility are collateralized by a first priority
lien on the Company's  accounts  receivable and inventory,  except for inventory
for which the Bank has or will have  subordinated  its position to certain other
lenders pursuant to  intercreditor  agreements.  Effective  January 1, 2000, the
Company and the Bank extended the Facility to December 31, 2000 on substantially
similar terms;  however, the Bank has provided $2.0 million of the $15.0 million
credit line to the Company on a uncollaterlized  basis. Under the Facility,  the
most restrictive  financial  covenants require the Company to maintain a minimum
fixed charge  coverage ratio and a total  liabilities to net worth ratio.  As of
December  31,  1999 and  1998,  there  were no  amounts  outstanding  under  the
Facility.

7. Stock Ownership and Compensation Plans

      At December 31, 1999, the Company had two stock-based  compensation plans.
The Company  applies APB 25 and related  interpretations  in accounting  for its
plans.  During 1999, 1998 and 1997, no compensation cost has been recognized for
its stock option plans,  which are described below.  Had compensation  cost been
determined  based on the fair value of the options at the grant dates consistent
with the method prescribed under FAS 123, the Company's pro forma net income and
pro forma  earnings  per share would have been reduced to the adjusted pro forma
amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1999                  1998                 1997
                                                                   ----                  ----                 ----
                                                               (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                              <C>                     <C>                <C>
Net income
      As reported..........................................      $1,142                $  711               $5,521
      Pro forma ...........................................         789                   223                4,843
Net income per share:
      As reported:.........................................
           Basic...........................................      $ 0.18                 $0.11               $ 0.97
           Diluted.........................................      $ 0.18                 $0.11               $ 0.93
      Pro forma:
           Basic...........................................      $ 0.13                 $0.04               $ 0.85
           Diluted.........................................      $ 0.13                 $0.04               $ 0.82

</TABLE>

      The fair  value of each  option  grant is  estimated  on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following  assumptions for
1999, 1998 and 1997:  dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of approximately
67%;  risk free  interest  rates of  approximately  6%; and an expected  holding
period of six years.

                                       F-13
<PAGE>

   1995 Stock Plan:

      On August 25, 1995, the Company's 1995 Stock Plan (the "Plan") was adopted
by the Board of Directors  and approved by the  shareholders  of the Company.  A
total of  1,000,000  shares is reserved for  issuance  upon  exercise of options
granted or to be granted under the Plan. Of the 1,000,000 shares, 250,000 shares
were approved for issuance as  non-qualified  options by the Company's  Board of
Directors in June 1999. Such issuance will be submitted for  ratification by the
Company's shareholders at the Company's 2000 Annual Meeting. If such issuance is
ratified  by  the  Company's  shareholders,  such  250,000  shares  will  become
available for issuance as incentive stock options.  As of December 31, 1999, the
Company has granted  options  for  106,355  shares in excess of those  currently
available to be granted as incentive stock options under the Plan.  These shares
could result in a non-cash  compensation  charge in the year ended  December 31,
2000. The options expire ten years after the date of grant.  Some of the options
issued  under the Plan  become  exercisable  in five equal  annual  installments
commencing one year after the date of grant  provided that the optionee  remains
an employee at the time of vesting of the  installments.  Other  options  issued
under the Plan vest 25%  immediately  upon grant and the  balance in three equal
annual installments.

   1995 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan:

      In 1995,  the Board of Directors  adopted and the  Company's  shareholders
approved the  Company's  1995  Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option Plan,  which
provides  for the grant of  options to  purchase a maximum of 100,000  shares of
Common  Stock of the  Company  to  non-employee  Directors  of the  Company.  As
subsequently   amended  by  the  Company's   shareholders   in  1999,  the  1995
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan provides that each person who is elected
a Director  of the  Company  and who is not also an  employee  or officer of the
Company  shall be  granted,  on the  effective  date of such  election  and each
successive  date on which he or she is  re-elected  a  Director,  an  option  to
purchase  5,000 shares of Common Stock,  at an exercise price per share equal to
the then fair market value of the shares.  The  options,  which expire ten years
after the date of grant, vest immediately upon grant.

      A  summary  of the  stock  options  granted  under  the  Plan and the 1995
Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option Plan as of and for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 is presented below:

                                       F-14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 Year Ended December 31,

                                                              1999                          1998                        1997
                                                    ---------------------------    ------------------------    ---------------------

                                                                       Weighted                  Weighted                   Weighted
                                                                       Average                    Average                    Average
                                                         Shares        Exercise       Shares     Exercise          Shares   Exercise
                                                         (000)          Price          (000)       Price            (000)     Price
                                                         -----          -----          -----       -----            -----     -----
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>       <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year.................          542           $5.15            670       $10.58            539     $ 9.44
Granted..........................................          542            4.18             63         6.72            203      14.05
Exercised........................................           (7)           4.25            (28)        9.32             (5)      9.00
Forfeited........................................         (221)           4.25           (163)        4.27            (67)     11.90
                                                          -----                          ----                         ---
Outstanding at end of year.......................          856            4.37            542         5.15            670      10.58
                                                          =====                          ====                         ===
Options exercisable at end of year...............          289            4.75            213         5.04            143       9.36
                                                         =====                           ====                         ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Options Outstanding                                         Options Exercisable
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
        Range of Exercise            Number          Average Remaining    Weighted Average            Number       Weighted Average
           Prices                Outstanding at       Contractual Life      Exercise Price          Exercisable     Exercise Price
                                   12/31/99                                                         at 12/31/99
        <S>                         <C>                      <C>               <C>                     <C>
      $  3.81-4.44                 832,355                  8.44              $ 4.19                  265,193            $ 4.19
      $ 10.50-11.38                 24,000                  6.28               10.94                   24,000             10.94
                                   -------                                                            -------
                                   856,355                                                            289,193
                                   =======                                                            =======

</TABLE>

      The  weighted-average  fair value of options granted during 1999, 1998 and
1997 was $2.37, $4.26 and $9.35, respectively.  Effective December 15, 1998, all
stock  options were  repriced to $4.25 per share,  except stock  options  issued
pursuant to the 1995  Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option Plan and 2,500 shares
previously issued at $4.00.

                                       F-15
<PAGE>

8.    Commitments and Contingencies

      The Company  occupies eight facilities under operating leases which expire
at various  dates  through April 2003 and call for annual base rentals plus real
estate taxes.  The future  minimum  payments under  non-cancelable  leases as of
December 31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Net
                                                       Lease              Sublease                  Lease
                                                 Obligations               Rentals            Obligations
                                                 -----------               -------            -----------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>                      <C>                 <C>
2000..........................................        $1,229                  $278                 $  951
2001..........................................           922                    90                    832
2002..........................................           736                    60                    676
2003..........................................           359                     0                    359
                                                      ------                  ----                 -------
                                                      $3,246                  $428                 $2,818
                                                      ======                  ====                 =======
</TABLE>

      Rent expense,  including  real estate taxes,  for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $1,027,000, $1,178,000 and $922,000, respectively.

      The Company has obtained  financing terms from IBM Credit  Corporation and
Finova Capital Corporation for the purchase of inventory.  In exchange for these
terms, and subject to the intercreditor  agreements with the Company's Bank, the
payables are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company.  The
balances  included in accounts  payable at December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$2,543,000, $7,407,000 and $15,981,000, respectively.

      On February 13, 1996,  the Company,  as  plaintiff,  filed a complaint and
jury  demand in the  Superior  Court of New  Jersey  Chancery  Division,  Morris
County,  against two former  employees of the Company and their current employer
(together, the "Defendants").  The complaint asserts a civil action for damages,
a temporary  restraining  order and preliminary and permanent  injunctive relief
against the Defendants and alleges theft of services, theft of Company property,
theft of corporate opportunity,  and unauthorized use of Company credit cards by
the Defendants.  The Company sought  restitution  from certain of the Defendants
and  additional  compensatory  damages from another  Defendant.  The  Defendants
asserted  certain  counterclaims  against the Company and certain of its present
and former  directors.  In January 1998, the parties consented to the suspension
of discovery  proceedings  pending  mediation of all claims. In August 1999, the
parties  entered into a settlement  in  principle,  subject to the  execution of
mutually acceptable settlement agreements and releases,  and the court issued an
Order of  Disposition.  Pursuant to the terms of the Order of  Disposition,  the
Defendants agreed to pay the Company approximately  $370,000 in consideration of
a full  release of all  claims by the  Company  against  the  Defendants.  (With
respect to this matter, the Company previously received  approximately  $183,000
from  an  insurance   carrier.)  The  Defendants   also  agreed  to  drop  their
counterclaims against the Company and its directors.  Subsequent to the issuance
of the Order of Disposition,  the parties were unable to agree upon the terms of
a definitive settlement agreement,  precipitating the need for further mediation
of the litigation,  which is ongoing.  In connection with this  litigation,  the
Company's  Chairman and  principal  shareholder  agreed in  connection  with the
Company's 1996 initial public  offering to indemnify the Company for any and all
losses which the Company sustained,  up to $1,000,000,  arising from or relating
to the  alleged  wrongful  conduct  of the  Defendants.  The  Chairman  advanced
$675,000  to the  Company  in  furtherance  of this  agreement.  Pursuant  to an
amendment to the  indemnification  agreement  adopted by the Company's  Board of
Directors in February 2000, upon collection by the Company of the aforementioned
settlement  proceeds,  the Company will reimburse the Company's Chairman for the
$675,000 which he previously advanced to the Company.

                                       F-16
<PAGE>

      On June 30, 1998,  Bruce  Flitcroft  ("Flitcroft"),  the Company's  former
Corporate Vice President,  Technology Services, filed suit in the Superior Court
of New Jersey,  Morris  County,  against the Company and the Company's  Chairman
alleging,  among other things,  breach by the Company of Flitcroft's  employment
agreement and failure to pay an alleged  bonus  arising from the Company's  1990
acquisition of Datar IDS Corp.  and/or pay, pursuant to an alleged oral promise,
an alleged one  million-dollar  severance payment in lieu of such bonus. On July
16, 1998,  without  knowledge of the suit filed by Flitcroft,  the Company filed
suit against Flitcroft and Alliant  Technologies,  Inc.  ("Alliant"),  a company
believed to be owned and/or operated by Flitcroft, alleging, among other things,
breach of contract and conspiracy to usurp corporate  assets and  opportunities.
The Court  directed  arbitration  of the claims  commencing  in March 1999.  The
Company  obtained  insurance  coverage  for some of the claims in  dispute.  The
Company's  Board of Directors  authorized the Company to defend its Chairman and
approved his indemnification by the Company. In August 1999, the parties settled
all of their claims against one another.

      The Company has no knowledge of any material  litigation  to which it is a
party or to which any of its property is subject.

9.  Supplementary Cash Flow Information

      Following  is a summary of  supplementary  cash flow  information  for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                                (in thousands)
                                                                                    ----------------------------------------

                                                                                           1999          1998         1997
                                                                                    ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>           <C>
Interest paid..............................................................               $  24       $    77       $  159
Income taxes paid..........................................................                 273         2,678        3,917
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   Equipment acquired under capital lease..................................                  17            74           -

</TABLE>

                                       F-17
<PAGE>


10.  Income Taxes

      The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method
which requires the  recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the
expected future tax consequences of differences between the carrying amounts and
the tax bases of the assets and liabilities.

      The  components of the provision for income taxes for 1999,  1998 and 1997
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                            (in thousands)
                                          -----------------------------------------------------

                                                  1999                 1998              1997
                                          --------------    -----------------   ---------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>            <C>
Current:
      Federal........................             $684                 $547           $ 3,692
      State and local................              238                  186             1,358
                                                 -----                 ----           -------
                                                   922                  733             5,050
                                                 -----                 ----           -------
Deferred:
      Federal........................              (95)                 (82)             (841)
      State and local................              (33)                 (28)             (365)
                                                 -----                 ----           -------
                                                  (128)                (110)           (1,206)
                                                 -----                 ----           -------
                                                  $794                 $623           $ 3,844
                                                 =====                 ====           =======
</TABLE>

      A reconciliation of the Federal statutory rate to the Company's  effective
tax rate for 1999, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                                       ----------------------------------------------

                                                                               1999            1998            1997
                                                                       --------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Taxes at statutory rate.........................................              34.0%           34.0%           34.0%
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit........               7.0%            7.8%            6.7%
Other, net......................................................                -              4.9%            0.3%
                                                                              ----            -----           -----
Effective tax rate..............................................              41.0%           46.7%           41.0%
                                                                              ====            =====           =====
</TABLE>

      The tax effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
portions of the net deferred tax asset balance at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Year Ended December
                                                                                     31,

                                                                                1999               1998
                                                                      ----------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                           <C>               <C>
Accounts receivable allowances......................................          $1,349             $  540
Inventory reserves..................................................             123                428
Accrual for compensated absences....................................             287                520
Accumulated depreciation and amortization...........................              99               (11)
Other accruals......................................................              31                284
                                                                              ------             ------
                                                                              $1,889             $1,761
                                                                              ======             ======
</TABLE>

                                       F-18
<PAGE>

11. Earnings Per Share

      In  February  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement  No. 128  "Earnings  per Share"  ("SFAS No. 128") which  specifies the
computation,  presentation  ad  disclosure  requirements  for earnings per share
("EPS") of entities with  publicly held common stock or potential  common stock.
The statement defines two EPS calculations,  basic and diluted. The objective of
basic EPS is to measure the  performance of an entity over the reporting  period
by dividing  income  available to common  stockholders  by the weighted  average
number of shares outstanding. The objective of diluted EPS, consistent with that
of basic EPS, is to measure  the  performance  of an entity  over the  reporting
period,  while giving effect to all dilutive  potential  common shares that were
outstanding  during the  period.  The  calculation  of diluted EPS is similar to
basic EPS except  both the  numerator  and  denominator  are  increased  for the
conversion of potential dilutive common shares.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
           (in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                  For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                   1999           1998        1997
                                                                                   ----           ----        ----
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
Net income..................................................................... $ 1,142        $   711        $ 5,521
                                                                                =======         ======        =======
Basic:

  Weighted average number of shares outstanding................................   6,253          6,272          5,719
                                                                                =======         ======        =======
  Net income per share ........................................................ $  0.18        $  0.11        $  0.97
                                                                                =======         ======        =======
Diluted:
   Weighted average number of shares outstanding...............................   6,253          6,272          5,719

   Dilutive effects of stock options...........................................      12             59            186
                                                                                -------         ------        -------

   Weighted average number of common and common
    equivalent shares outstanding..............................................   6,265          6,331          5,905
                                                                                =======         ======        =========
   Net income per share........................................................ $  0.18         $ 0.11        $  0.93
                                                                                =======         ======        ========

</TABLE>

                                       F-19
<PAGE>

12.    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

       On December 31, 1997, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(the  "Plan") for  employees of the Company and its  subsidiaries.  The Plan was
approved by the Company's  shareholders at its 1998 Annual Meeting. The Plan was
adopted  to  provide a further  incentive  for  employees  to  promote  the best
interests of the Company and to encourage stock ownership by employees.  A total
of 500,000 shares of common stock are  authorized  for issuance  pursuant to the
Plan.

      In general,  the Plan  provides  for  eligible  employees  to designate in
advance of specified purchase periods (monthly) a percentage of compensation (up
to 10%) to be withheld  from their pay and applied  toward the  purchase of such
number of whole  shares of Common Stock as can be purchased at a price of 85% of
the  stock's  trading  price at the end of each such  period.  No  employee  can
purchase more than $15,000 worth of capitalized  common stock  annually,  and no
common stock can be purchased by any person which would result in the  purchaser
owning five percent or more of the total  combined  voting power or value of all
classes of stock of the Company.

      The Plan is intended to satisfy the  requirements of Section 423(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which requires that it be approved by
shareholders  within  one year of the  earlier of its  adoption  by the Board of
Directors or the plan's  effective  date.  In addition,  the Plan is intended to
comply with certain requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.

       During the years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998,  employees  purchased
49,691  shares and 80,888  shares,  respectively,  under the Plan for  aggregate
proceeds of approximately $177,000 and $509,000, respectively.


13. Stock Repurchase Program

     In August 1998, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase
up to 225,000 shares of its outstanding common stock at market price. On May 20,
1999, the Board of Directors  authorized the Company to repurchase up to 225,000
additional  shares of its common  stock at market  price.  During the year ended
December 31, 1998, 136,800 shares of the Company's common stock were repurchased
for approximately $667,000, an average price of $4.87 per share. During the year
ended  December  31,  1999,  13,800  shares of the  Company's  common  stock was
repurchased for approximately  $53,000,  an average price of $3.89 per share. As
of December 31, 1999, a total of 150,600  shares of the  Company's  common stock
has been repurchased for approximately $720,000 at an average price of $4.78 per
share since the inception of the repurchase program in August 1998.

                                       F-20
<PAGE>

14. Significant Customers and Vendors

           During 1999, PSE&G and  Mercedes-Benz of North America  accounted for
approximately 13% and 12% of the Company's net sales,  respectively.  During the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, KPMG LLP accounted for approximately 15% of
the Company's net sales. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, Nabisco
and KPMG LLP accounted for 16% and 15% of the Company's net sales, respectively.
No other customer  accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales during
the three years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

           The Company purchases the majority of its products primarily from two
aggregators of computer  hardware,  software and  peripherals.  During 1999, the
Company acquired approximately 57%, 22%, and 10% of its products for resale from
Ingram, Pinacor and Tech Data,  respectively.  Agreements with these aggregators
provide  for,  among  other  things,   certain   discount  pricing  for  meeting
agreed-upon purchase levels and minimum purchase commitments.


15.  Related Party Transactions

           In connection  with the Company's 1996 initial public  offering,  the
Company's Chairman and principal shareholder agreed to indemnify the Company for
any and all losses which the Company sustained,  up to $1,000,000,  arising from
or relating to the alleged  wrongful  conduct of certain former employees of the
Company and their current  employer (the  "Defendants").  The Chairman  advanced
$675,000 of his personal funds to the Company in furtherance of this  agreement.
Pursuant  to an  amendment  to  his  indemnification  agreement  adopted  by the
Company's Board of Directors in February 2000, upon collection by the Company of
the anticipated  settlement  proceeds from the Company's  litigation against the
Defendants,  the Company will reimburse the Chairman for the $675,000 previously
advanced.

           In May 1999, the Company's Board of Directors authorized,  subject to
mutually satisfactory terms and conditions, the issuance to Fallen Angel Capital
LLC ("Fallen Angel") of a warrant (the "Warrant") to purchase up to an aggregate
of 200,000 shares of the Company's common stock. A member of the Company's Board
of  Directors  is a  principal  of  Fallen  Angel.  The  Warrant  was  issued in
consideration for investment  banking advisory services rendered by Fallen Angel
in connection with the Company's  preferred stock  investment in nex-i.com Inc.,
in which an affiliate  of Fallen  Angel,  Fallen  Angel  Equity Fund L.P.,  also
participated. Fallen Angel Equity Fund L. P. currently owns approximately 10% of
the Company's  outstanding common stock. The Company currently intends to submit
the Warrant for shareholder approval at the Company's 2000 Annual Meeting.


                                       F-21
<PAGE>

16.  Subsequent Event

           In January 2000,  the Company  acquired a 30% preferred  stock equity
interest in nex-i.com Inc. for approximately $1.8 million in cash.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                  Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                                                               Balance at         Provision -        Deductions -     Balance of End
                                                            Beginning of Year  Charged to Income   Accounts Written       of Year
                                                                                                         off
    <S>                                             <C>              <C>                 <C>               <C>             <C>
    Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                                                    1999             $ 1,300             $ 1,989           $   -           $ 3,289
                                                    1998               1,255                 414               369           1,300
                                                    1997                 263                 992                -            1,255

    Inventory Reserve:
                                                    1999             $ 1,029             $   300           $ 1,029         $   300
                                                    1998                 630                 399               -             1,029
                                                    1997                 230                 400               -               630

</TABLE>

                                       F-23
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


           Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized,

                     ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.




                     By: /s/ Donald A. Deieso
                     ------------------------
                     Donald A. Deieso, President and Chief
                     Executive Officer (Principal Executive
                     Officer)

                     March 30, 2000
                     --------------

           Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Signature                             Title                                           Date
           ---------                             -----                                           ----
<S>                                           <C>
/s/Stan Gang                                  Chairman of the Board                          March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------
   Stan Gang

/s/Donald A. Deieso                       President and Chief Executive
- ------------------------------------      Officer (Principal Executive                       March 30, 2000
                                                    Officer)

/s/David M. Gordon                        Vice President, Treasurer
- -------------------------------------     and Chief Financial Officer                        March 30, 2000
   David M. Gordon                         (Principal Financial and
                                               Accounting Officer

/s/Michael Gang                                     Director                                 March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
   Michael Gang

/s/Ira Cohen                                        Director                                 March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
   Ira Cohen

/s/Thomas F. Dorazio                                Director                                 March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
   Thomas F. Dorazio

</TABLE>

                                      F-24


             THIRD AMENDMENT TO AND REAFFIRMATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS

          THIRD  AMENDMENT TO AND  REAFFIRMATION  OF LOAN DOCUMENTS (this "Third
Amendment")  made as of the  1st day of  January,  2000  by and  among  ALPHANET
SOLUTIONS, INC., a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), THE LEARNINGNET, INC.
f/k/a NETTEMPS, INC., a New Jersey corporation (the "Guarantor") and FIRST UNION
NATIONAL BANK, a national banking institution (the "Bank").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS,  the Bank has agreed to make credit  available to the Company
on a revolving basis in the principal  amount of up to $15,000,000 (the "Loan"),
pursuant to the terms and  conditions of a certain Loan and Security  Agreement,
dated June 30, 1997, as amended (as so amended and as amended and  reaffirmed by
this Third Amendment,  the "Loan  Agreement";  all capitalized terms used herein
and not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them therein); and

          WHEREAS,  the Loan is  evidenced  by a certain  revolving  note of the
Company dated September 28, 1999 (the "Existing Revolving Note"); and

          WHEREAS,  as collateral  security for its  obligations  under the Loan
Agreement and the Existing Revolving Note, the Company granted to the Bank liens
and security interests in the Collateral described in the Loan Agreement; and

          WHEREAS,  the repayment  and  performance  obligations  of the Company
under the Loan Agreement and the Existing  Revolving Note were guaranteed by the
Guarantor under the Guaranty; and

          WHEREAS,  as collateral  security for its  obligations  under the Loan
Agreement and the Guaranty, the Guarantor granted to the Bank liens and security
interests in the Collateral described in the Loan Agreement; and

          WHEREAS,  the Bank, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed that (a)
the Loan  Agreement  should be amended,  among other things,  to: (i) extend the
Maturity Date to December 31, 2000; (ii) modify the existing $15,000,000 secured
revolving credit facility to provide for an unsecured  revolving credit facility
in the amount of  $2,000,000  and a secured  revolving  credit  facility  in the
amount of $13,000,000,  (iii) modify the interest rates  applicable to the Loan,
(iv) modify the Commitment Fee, (v) modify certain financial covenants, and (vi)
amend  certain  of the  definitions  set forth  therein;  and (b) the other Loan
Documents shall be reaffirmed and amended to include the amendments set forth in
the Loan Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises
contained  herein,  the Bank, the Company and the Guarantor,  do hereby agree as
follows:

              1. By executing this Third Amendment,  each of the Company and the
Guarantor  confirms  and  acknowledges  that  it has  no  defenses,  offsets  or
counterclaims  against  any of  its  obligations  to the  Bank  under  the  Loan
Documents and that all amounts outstanding, if any, under the Existing Revolving
Note and the other Loan Documents are owing to the Bank without defense, off-set
or counterclaim.

              2. The  following new or revised  definitions  are hereby added to
Article I of the Loan Agreement:

                        1.15  "Borrowing  Base" means the lesser of (A) Thirteen
              Million and 00/100 Dollars  ($13,000,000.00),  or (B) the Eligible
              Loan Value of Eligible Accounts.

                        1.30 "Eligible Loan Value of Eligible Accounts" means up
              to eighty  percent (80%) of the face amount of Eligible  Accounts,
              less returns and discounts,  offsets, contra balances,  credits or
              allowances of any nature,  at any time issued,  owing,  granted or
              outstanding.

                        1.35C "Third Amendment" means the Third Amendment to and
              Reaffirmation  of Loan Documents,  dated as of January 1, 2000, by
              and among the Company, the Guarantor and the Bank.

                        1.55 "Loan" means either or both of Loan A and Loan B.

                        1.55A "Loan A" means the  revolving  loan in the maximum
              principal amount of up to TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00) made
              available by Bank pursuant to Section 2.1(A) hereof.

                        1.55B "Loan B" means the  revolving  loan and Letters of
              Credit in the maximum  principal  amount of up to THIRTEEN MILLION
              DOLLARS  ($13,000,000.00)  made  available  by  Bank  pursuant  to
              Section 2.1(B) hereof.

                        1.56  "Loan   Documents"   means  this  Agreement,   the
              Revolving Notes, the Guaranty, the Intercreditor  Agreements,  any
              Letter of Credit Agreement,  all notes or other documents executed
              and delivered by Borrower or any other Obligor hereunder,  and any
              amendments,  renewals,  modifications or supplements  thereto,  or
              substitutions therefor.

                        1.60 "Maturity Date" means December 31, 2000.

                        1.72 "Revolving  Notes" means (a) that certain Revolving
              Note dated as of January 1, 2000 issued by Borrower evidencing the
              Loan A and any revolving note replacing such note ("Revolving Note
              A") and (b) that  certain  Revolving  Note  dated as of January 1,
              2000 issued by Borrower  evidencing  Loan B and any revolving note
              replacing such note ("Revolving Note B")."

              3. Section 2.1 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

                        "2.1 LOAN AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

                        (A)  Loan  A.  Subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions
              hereinafter  set forth,  and provided  that no Default or Event of
              Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from
              the making of any Advance,  from time to time  hereafter,  through
              the  Maturity  Date,  Bank  shall  extend  credit  under Loan A to
              Borrower  by making  Advances  (excluding  Acquisition  Advances);
              provided, however that at no time shall the total principal amount
              of  Advances  then  outstanding  under  Loan A exceed  $2,000,000.
              Borrower shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days prior written
              notice to Bank, to terminate all or part of the unused  portion of
              the Loan A,  without  premium or  penalty.  The first two  million
              dollars ($2,000,000) of Advances (excluding  Acquisition Advances)
              then  outstanding from time to time shall be deemed to be Advances
              under Loan A.

                        (B) Loan B and Letters of Credit.  Within the collateral
              limits of the Borrowing Base,  subject to the terms and conditions
              hereinafter  set forth,  and provided  that no Default or Event of
              Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from
              the  making of any  Advance or  issuance  of any Letter of Credit,
              from time to time hereafter, through the Maturity Date, Bank shall
              extend credit under Loan B to Borrower by (i) making  Advances and
              (ii) the issuance of Letters of Credit; provided,  however that at
              no time shall (x) the total amount of Letter of Credit Obligations
              exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000), (y)
              the total  principal  amount of Acquisition  Advances  exceed Five
              Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (z) the total amount of Letter of
              Credit  Obligations  plus the total  principal  amount of Advances
              then outstanding under Loan B exceed the Borrowing Base.  Borrower
              shall have the right,  upon thirty (30) days prior written  notice
              to Bank,  to  terminate  all or part of the unused  portion of the
              Loan B, without premium or penalty."

              4. The first  sentence of Section  2.2(A) of the Loan Agreement is
hereby amended to read as follows:

                        "(A) On all Base Rate  Advances,  Borrower  shall pay to
              Bank  monthly  interest  on the first day of each month  until all
              such  Advances  are paid in full,  and on all  Adjusted  LIBO Rate
              Advances,  Borrower  shall pay to Bank interest on the last day of
              the Interest  Period but in no event less often than quarterly (in
              which case such payments  shall be made on the last Working Day of
              such calendar quarter),  until all such Advances are paid in full,
              which  interest  shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year,
              for the actual number of days elapsed, on the daily unpaid balance
              of such  Advances,  at the rate  selected  by  Borrower by written
              notice to Bank equal to the following: (x) one-half of one percent
              (1/2%) per annum below the Base Rate or (y) the Adjusted LIBO Rate
              for such Interest Period plus one and one-half percent (1 1/2%)."

              5. Section  2.2(B) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read
as follows:

                   "(B) Subject to Section 2.5, if, at any time, the outstanding
Advances  under Loan B exceed the  Borrowing  Base,  Borrower  shall pay to Bank
monthly  interest  computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number
of days  elapsed,  on that portion of the daily unpaid  balance of such Advances
under Loan B which is in excess of the  Borrowing  Base, at the default rate set
forth in Section 9.7."

              6. Section  2.4(A) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read
as follows:

                   "(A) Borrower  agrees to pay to Bank on a quarterly basis the
Commitment Fee on the average daily unused  portion of the  Commitment  from the
Closing Date until the Maturity  Date,  at a rate equal to  one-quarter  percent
(1/4%) per annum,  such payments  commencing on January 1, 2000,  and continuing
quarterly  thereafter  on the last day of March,  June,  September and December,
with such payments terminating on the Maturity Date."

              7. Section 2.5 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

                        "2.5  Prepayment  (A)  If on  any  day  the  sum  of the
              aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the  Advances  under
              Section  2.1(A) hereof shall exceed the  limitations  set forth in
              Section 2.1(A),  Borrower shall, on such day, prepay such Advances
              by an amount  equal to such  excess  together  with the  Repayment
              Indemnity,  if any. The failure to make any such payment  shall be
              an Event of  Default.  (B) If on any day the sum of the  aggregate
              outstanding principal balance of the Advances under Section 2.1(B)
              plus the Letter of Credit Obligations hereof shall exceed the then
              Borrowing Base on such day or the other  limitations  set forth in
              Section 2.1(B),  Borrower shall, on such day, prepay such Advances
              by an amount  equal to such  excess  together  with the  Repayment
              Indemnity,  if any. The failure to make any such payment  shall be
              an Event of Default."

              8. The second  sentence  of Section 2.6 of the Loan  Agreement  is
hereby amended to read as follows:

                   "The notice to Bank  requesting an Advance under Loan B shall
also  include   evidence  that  based  upon  the  most  recent   Borrowing  Base
Certificate, there exists sufficient availability of funds for such Advance.

              9. Section 3.1 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

                        "3.1 Cross Collateral All of the Collateral  heretofore,
              herein or hereafter  given or assigned  to Bank
              hereunder or in any other Loan  Document  shall secure  payment of
              (A) all  Obligations of Borrower and Guarantor to Bank and (B) all
              Indebtedness and any Snd all other obligations of any of the other
              Obligors  to  Bank;  excluding,   however,  the  principal  amount
              outstanding under Loan A."

              10. The last  sentence of Section  2.14 of the Loan  Agreement  is
hereby amended to read as follows:

                   "Nothing   herein  shall   prohibit  Bank  from  pledging  or
assigning the  Revolving  Notes to any Federal  Reserve Bank in accordance  with
applicable law."

              11. Section 6.1(D) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read
as follows:

                   "(D) In the event any Advances or Letters of Credit in excess
of $100,000 in the  aggregate are  outstanding  at a month's end, not later than
the 15th day after  the end of such  month,  an  accounts  receivable  aging and
corresponding Borrowing Base Certificate;".

              12. Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

                   "(A) Total  Liabilities/Tangible Net Worth. The Obligors will
not, on a consolidated  basis,  allow its ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible
Net Worth to exceed 1.00:1.00.

                   (B) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Obligors will not allow
its Fixed Charge Coverage  Ratio,  on a consolidated  basis, to be less than (x)
2.50:1.00  for the quarters  ended  December 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000 and (y)
3.00:1.00 thereafter.

              The foregoing financial covenants shall be calculated and measured
on a rolling, trailing four quarter basis."

              13. The Company shall  execute new Revolving  Notes dated the date
hereof  which shall  supersede  and replace  (but not  represent a repayment  or
novation of) the Existing  Revolving  Note.  The Revolving  Notes dated the date
hereof shall be the "Revolving Notes" for all purposes of the Loan Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.

              14.  By  executing  this  Third  Amendment,  the  Company  and the
Guarantor  confirm and acknowledge that (i) the  representations  and warranties
contained in Article V of the Loan  Agreement  (pertaining  to each of them) are
correct  as of the  date  hereof,  (ii) the  Company  and the  Guarantor  are in
compliance  with all  covenants  contained  in the  Loan  Agreement  (except  as
otherwise  agreed to by the Bank in writing) and all other Loan  Documents,  and
(iii) no Event of  Default,  or an event  which  with the  giving  of  notice or
passage of time or both would  constitute an Event of Default,  has occurred and
is continuing.

              15. All references to the  "Agreement" or "this  Agreement" in the
Loan Agreement shall mean the Loan Agreement,  as amended and reaffirmed by this
Third Amendment; all references to the "Guaranty" in the Loan Agreement shall be
deemed to mean the Guaranty,  as amended and reaffirmed by this Third Amendment;
and all  references  to the "Loan  Documents"  shall mean and  include  the Loan
Documents,  as amended and  reaffirmed by this Third  Amendment,  as well as the
Revolving  Notes (as  defined  in the Loan  Agreement,  as amended by this Third
Amendment). All references to the "Obligations" in the Loan Agreement shall mean
and  include  the  obligations  of the  Company  and the  Guarantor  to the Bank
pursuant to the Loan Documents, as amended and reaffirmed pursuant to this Third
Amendment,  including, but not limited to the Revolving Notes (as defined in the
Loan Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment).

              16. By executing this Third Amendment,  the parties hereto confirm
the continued accuracy of all Schedules and Exhibits attached to and made a part
of the Loan  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents.  If any such  Schedule or
Exhibit is no longer fully accurate or needs  updating,  such revised or updated
Schedule or Exhibit  shall be delivered to the Bank as a condition  precedent to
the  effectiveness  of this Third  Amendment  and shall be deemed to replace the
prior  Schedule or Exhibit for all purposes of the Loan  Agreement or such other
Loan Document.

              17. The Guaranty,  effective the date hereof, is hereby amended to
provide  that  the  term  "Obligations"  therein  shall  mean  and  include  the
obligations  of the Company to the Bank under the Loan  Agreement  and the other
Loan Documents,  as each is amended and reaffirmed by this Third Amendment,  and
all references to the "Loan  Agreement" and the "Loan Documents" in the Guaranty
shall mean and  include  such  agreements,  as  amended  and  reaffirmed  by, or
delivered pursuant to, this Third Amendment.  By executing this Third Amendment,
the Guarantor  reaffirms and acknowledges the validity of the Guaranty as of the
date hereof and confirms  that it guarantees  unconditionally  the repayment and
other  obligations  of the Company under the Revolving  Notes (as defined in the
Loan Agreement, as amended and reaffirmed by this Third Amendment) and the other
Loan Documents, as amended and reaffirmed by this Third Amendment.

              18. By executing this Third Amendment, each of the Company and the
Guarantor confirms the security interests  previously granted to the Bank in and
to the  Collateral  described  in the  Loan  Agreement  as  security  for  their
obligations  under the Loan  Documents  (as  defined  in the Loan  Agreement  as
amended by this Third  Amendment),  and each of the  Company  and the  Guarantor
hereby grants to the Bank a security interest in the Collateral described in the
Loan Agreement to secure the repayment of their Obligations under Revolving Note
B (as  defined in the Loan  Agreement  as amended by this Third  Amendment)  and
Guaranty (as defined in the Loan Agreement as amended by this Third  Amendment),
as applicable,  and the other Loan Documents,  as amended and reaffirmed by this
Third Amendment.

              19. As  conditions  precedent to the  effectiveness  of this Third
Amendment,  the following  shall be delivered to the Bank by the Company  and/or
the Guarantor:

              (a) This Third Amendment, duly executed by all parties hereto;

              (b) The Revolving Notes, duly executed by the Company;

              (c) The Certification (as to jurisdiction of execution);

              (d) A corporate resolution, incumbency certificate, and such other
documents  as  the  Bank  may  reasonably   request   reflecting  the  corporate
authorization  and approval of the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder by the
Company and the Guarantor; and

              (e) Such other documents as the Bank may reasonably request.

              20. This Third  Amendment is  incorporated  by reference  into the
Loan  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents.  Except as  otherwise  provided
herein,  all other provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are hereby  confirmed  and ratified and shall remain in full force and effect as
of the date of this Third Amendment.

              21.  This  Third  Amendment  may  be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be an  original  and all of  which  shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

              22. This Third  Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto
and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and/or assigns.

              23. This Third  Amendment  shall be governed by, and  construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey.

              24. In the event any  provision  of this  Third  Amendment  or any
other Loan Document executed and delivered in connection  herewith shall be held
invalid or  unenforceable  by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  such holdings
shall not  invalidate  or render  unenforceable  any other  provision  hereof or
thereof.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Third
Amendment as of the date first above written.

                                          FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK



                                   By:      Nancy Angell
                                            -----------------------------------
                                   Name:    Angell
                                   Title:   AVP


ATTEST:                                  ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.



By:     Jack P. Adler                    By:  David M. Gordon
  -----------------------------            ----------------------
Name:   Jack P. Adler                    Name:  David M. Gordon
Title:  Secretary                        Title: Vice President, Treasurer & CFO


ATTEST:                                  THE LEARNINGNET, INC. f/k/a
                                         NETTEMPS, INC.



By:     Jack P. Adler                    By:    Stan Gang
  -----------------------------               ----------------
Name:   Jack P. Adler                    Name:  Stan Gang
Title:  Secretary                               Title:  Chairman of the Board


                                REVOLVING NOTE A

$2,000,000.00                                              As of January 1, 2000


                     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC., a New Jersey
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the  order of  FIRST  UNION
NATIONAL  BANK (the  "Bank"),  the  principal  amount of TWO  MILLION and 00/100
DOLLARS  ($2,000,000.00),  or the aggregate  amount of all unpaid Advances under
Loan A made by the Bank to the  Borrower,  whichever is less, in lawful money of
the United States, together with interest thereon as hereinafter provided.


                     1. The Agreement. This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to
a certain  Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated June 30, 1997 by and between the
Bank and the  Borrower,  as amended  (as so amended and as the same is being and
may be hereafter  amended,  modified or supplemented,  the "Agreement"),  and is
entitled to the benefit of all of the terms thereof. In this Revolving Note, all
words and terms defined in the Agreement shall have the respective  meanings and
be construed as provided  therein,  unless a different  meaning  clearly appears
from the context.  Payment of the principal amount hereof and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon is subject to acceleration as provided in the Agreement.


                     2.   Calculation  of  Interest.   Interest  on  the  unpaid
principal  amount  hereof shall accrue from the date hereof until the earlier of
(i) the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or (ii)  December 31, 2000 (which is
defined in the Agreement as the "Maturity  Date"), at the rates set forth in the
Agreement.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a year of 360 days.  From and after the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default,  principal  amounts  outstanding  hereunder  shall bear interest at the
default rate as set forth in the Agreement.


                     3.  Payment of  Principal  and  Interest.  Interest  on the
unpaid principal amount of each (i) Base Rate Advance hereunder shall be due and
payable monthly,  on the first day of each month commencing  January,  2000, and
continuing  on the  first  day of each  consecutive  month  thereafter  and (ii)
Adjusted LIBO Rate Advance hereunder shall be due and payable on the last day of
the  Interest  Period but in no event less often than  quarterly  (in which case
such payments  shall be made on the last Working Day of such calendar  quarter),
until the Maturity Date, on which date the entire principal  amount  outstanding
hereunder and any accrued and unpaid interest  thereon shall become  immediately
due and payable in full. Late payments of principal or interest are subject to a
late charge as set forth in the Agreement.


                     4.  Repayments.  The  Borrower  may,  as  described  in the
Agreement, repay Advances under this Revolving Note; provided, that each partial
repayment  shall be in a  principal  amount  of not less  than  $100,000  or any
multiple thereof.  In the event Borrower for any reason repays any Adjusted LIBO
Rate  Advance on the day which is not the end of an  Interest  Period,  Borrower
shall,  upon written  demand by Bank,  pay to Bank the Repayment  Indemnity with
respect to such repayment.  All outstanding principal hereunder shall be due and
payable,  together with any and all accrued  interest  thereon,  on the Maturity
Date.


                     5. Place and Manner of Payment.  All  payments of principal
and interest shall be made by the Borrower  directly to the Bank or as set forth
in the  Agreement,  and such  payments  shall be made in  immediately  available
funds.


                     6. Waiver. The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand,
protest and notice of protest,  and all other  demands and notices in connection
with the  payment  and  enforcement  of this  Revolving  Note,  and  assents  to
extensions of the time of payment,  or forbearance or other indulgence,  without
notice.


                     7. Agreement. The terms of the Agreement and the other Loan
Documents are incorporated herein by reference.


                     8. Governing Law. This Revolving Note shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey.


                     9.  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Revolving Note shall be
binding upon the Borrower and its  successors  and/or assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns.


                     10.  Prior  Note.  This  Revolving  Note  shall  supersede,
replace and  continue,  but shall not be  considered a repayment or novation of,
the note dated September 28, 1999, by the Borrower to the order of the Bank (the
"Prior  Note").  All  obligations  of the Borrower under the Prior Note shall be
evidenced by, and continued pursuant to, this Revolving Note.


                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower has caused this Revolving
Note to be  executed  by its duly  authorized  officer on the day and year first
above written and declares this Revolving Note to be a sealed instrument.


ATTEST:                                    ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.





By:     Jack P. Adler                      By:    David M. Gordon
  ----------------------                        -------------------------
Name:   Jack P. Adler                      Name:  David M. Gordon
Title:  Secretary                          Title: Vice President, Treasuer & CFO



                                REVOLVING NOTE B

$13,000,000.00                                           As of January 1, 2000


                     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC., a New Jersey
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the  order of  FIRST  UNION
NATIONAL BANK (the "Bank"),  the principal amount of THIRTEEN MILLION and 00/100
DOLLARS  ($13,000,000.00),  or the aggregate amount of all unpaid Advances under
Loan B made by the Bank to the  Borrower,  whichever is less, in lawful money of
the United States, together with interest thereon as hereinafter provided.


                     1. The Agreement. This Revolving Note is issued pursuant to
a certain  Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated June 30, 1997 by and between the
Bank and the  Borrower,  as amended  (as so amended and as the same is being and
may be hereafter  amended,  modified or supplemented,  the "Agreement"),  and is
entitled to the benefit of all of the terms thereof. In this Revolving Note, all
words and terms defined in the Agreement shall have the respective  meanings and
be construed as provided  therein,  unless a different  meaning  clearly appears
from the context.  Payment of the principal amount hereof and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon is subject to acceleration as provided in the Agreement.


                     2.   Calculation  of  Interest.   Interest  on  the  unpaid
principal  amount  hereof shall accrue from the date hereof until the earlier of
(i) the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or (ii)  December 31, 2000 (which is
defined in the Agreement as the "Maturity  Date"), at the rates set forth in the
Agreement.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a year of 360 days.  From and after the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default,  principal  amounts  outstanding  hereunder  shall bear interest at the
default rate as set forth in the Agreement.


                     3.  Payment of  Principal  and  Interest.  Interest  on the
unpaid principal amount of each (i) Base Rate Advance hereunder shall be due and
payable monthly,  on the first day of each month commencing  January,  2000, and
continuing  on the  first  day of each  consecutive  month  thereafter  and (ii)
Adjusted LIBO Rate Advance hereunder shall be due and payable on the last day of
the  Interest  Period but in no event less often than  quarterly  (in which case
such payments  shall be made on the last Working Day of such calendar  quarter),
until the Maturity Date, on which date the entire principal  amount  outstanding
hereunder and any accrued and unpaid interest  thereon shall become  immediately
due and payable in full. Late payments of principal or interest are subject to a
late charge as set forth in the Agreement.


                     4.  Repayments.  The  Borrower  may,  as  described  in the
Agreement, repay Advances under this Revolving Note; provided, that each partial
repayment  shall be in a  principal  amount  of not less  than  $100,000  or any
multiple thereof.  In the event Borrower for any reason repays any Adjusted LIBO
Rate  Advance on the day which is not the end of an  Interest  Period,  Borrower
shall,  upon written  demand by Bank,  pay to Bank the Repayment  Indemnity with
respect to such repayment.  All outstanding principal hereunder shall be due and
payable,  together with any and all accrued  interest  thereon,  on the Maturity
Date.


                     5. Place and Manner of Payment.  All  payments of principal
and interest shall be made by the Borrower  directly to the Bank or as set forth
in the  Agreement,  and such  payments  shall be made in  immediately  available
funds.


                     6. Waiver. The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand,
protest and notice of protest,  and all other  demands and notices in connection
with the  payment  and  enforcement  of this  Revolving  Note,  and  assents  to
extensions of the time of payment,  or forbearance or other indulgence,  without
notice.


                     7.  Collateral.  The obligations of the Borrower  hereunder
are  secured by the  Collateral  described  in the  Agreement.  The terms of the
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are incorporated herein by reference.


                     8. Governing Law. This Revolving Note shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey.


                     9.  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Revolving Note shall be
binding upon the Borrower and its  successors  and/or assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns.


                     10.  Prior  Note.  This  Revolving  Note  shall  supersede,
replace and  continue,  but shall not be  considered a repayment or novation of,
the note dated September 28, 1999, by the Borrower to the order of the Bank (the
"Prior  Note").  All  obligations  of the Borrower under the Prior Note shall be
evidenced by, and continued pursuant to, this Revolving Note.


                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower has caused this Revolving
Note to be  executed  by its duly  authorized  officer on the day and year first
above written and declares this Revolving Note to be a sealed instrument.


ATTEST:                                   ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.





By:    Jack P. Adler                     By:    David M. Gordon
  -----------------------------              ----------------------
Name:  Jack P. Adler                     Name:  David M. Gordon
Title: Secretary                         Title: Vice President, Treasurer & CFO


                          SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT


           This SECURITIES  PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into
as of January 14, 2000, by and among  NEX-I.COM  INC., a New Jersey  corporation
(the "Company"),  with its principal office located at 7 Wall Street, Princeton,
New Jersey 08540,  ALPHANET  SOLUTIONS,  INC., a New Jersey corporation with its
principal office located at 7 Ridgedale Avenue,  Cedar Knolls,  New Jersey 07927
("AlphaNet") and FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
with its principal office located at 960 Holmdel Road, Holmdel, New Jersey 07733
("Fallen Angel"),  and JOHN L. STEFFENS,  an individual residing at 358 Wendover
Drive,  Princeton,  New Jersey 08540 ("Steffens," and together with AlphaNet and
Fallen Angel, the "Purchasers").

                                    RECITALS

           WHEREAS, the Company and Purchasers are executing and delivering this
Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities  registration  afforded
by the provisions of Regulation D ("Regulation D"), as promulgated by the United
States  Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act");

           WHEREAS,  the Company is  contemporaneously  offering to AlphaNet the
right  of first  refusal  to  provide  certain  services  to the  Company  on an
exclusive basis;

           WHEREAS, Purchasers desire to purchase at the Closing (as hereinafter
defined),  upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement,  an aggregate
of three million nine hundred  thirty seven  thousand  five hundred  (3,937,500)
shares of the Company's Series A Convertible  Participating Preferred Stock (the
"Preferred Shares"),  convertible into shares of the Company's Common Stock, par
value  $0.01  per  share  (the   "Common   Stock"),   as  set  forth  herein  (a
"Conversion"), for the aggregate purchase price of Two Million Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand One and 69/100 U.S. Dollars ($2,250,001.69). The shares of Common Stock
to be issued to the  Purchasers  upon  conversion  of the  Preferred  Shares are
referred to herein as the "Common  Shares." The Preferred  Shares and the Common
Shares are collectively referred to herein as the "Securities;" and

           WHEREAS,  contemporaneously  with the  execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering a Registration Rights
Agreement in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A (the  "Registration  Rights
Agreement"),  pursuant  to which  the  Company  has  agreed to  provide  certain
registration  rights  under  the  Securities  Act,  the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws.

                                   AGREEMENTS

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and the
undertakings  set forth herein,  the Company and each Purchaser  hereby agree as
follows:



<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I

                      CORPORATE ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

           The Company  warrants to the Purchasers that nex-i.com,  L.L.C.  (the
"LLC"), a New Jersey limited liability company, (i) has merged with and into the
Company (the "Merger"),  and pursuant to the Merger,  all assets of the LLC have
become the assets of the Company,  and (ii) that prior to the Merger,  nex-i.com
inc. had no  liabilities  and  conducted no business.  References  herein to the
"Company" shall include the LLC together with the Company.


                                   ARTICLE II

                      PURCHASE AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES

           2.1 Purchase of Preferred Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, the issuance, sale and purchase of the Preferred Shares shall
be consummated at Closing (as hereinafter  defined). On the date of the Closing,
subject to the  satisfaction  or waiver of the  conditions set forth in Articles
VII and VIII hereof, the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the
Purchasers  severally  and not jointly  agree to purchase  from the Company,  an
aggregate of 3,937,500  Preferred  Shares,  as specified below the signature for
each such  Purchaser  on this  Agreement,  for an  aggregate  $2,250,001.69,  or
$0.571429 per share (the "Purchase  Price").  The certificates  representing the
Preferred Shares shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto.

           2.2 Form of Payment. AlphaNet and Fallen Angel shall pay the Purchase
Price for the  Preferred  Shares that they are  acquiring by wire transfer to an
account  designated by the Company.  Steffens shall pay for the Preferred Shares
that he is acquiring by the forgiveness of a promissory note, dated December 23,
1999,  owing  from the  Company  to  Steffens.  Upon  receipt  of payment of the
Purchase Price, the Company shall deliver the Preferred Shares to the Purchasers

           2.3  Closing  Date.  Subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver) of the
conditions  set forth in Articles VII and VIII hereof,  the date and time of the
Closing  shall be at 2:00  p.m.  New  Jersey  time,  on  January  14,  2000 (the
"Closing").


                                   ARTICLE III

                          TERMS OF THE PREFERRED SHARES

           Prior  to  Closing,  the  Company  shall  amend  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation to create the Preferred  Shares,  which shall have the terms which
are set forth on Exhibit C annexed hereto (the "Terms of the Preferred Shares").
The  Company  agrees  that the Terms of the  Preferred  Shares as  specified  in
Exhibit C shall be set forth in, and made a part of, the  Company's  Certificate
of Incorporation.
                                   ARTICLE IV

                   PURCHASERS' REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

           Each Purchaser  represents and warrants to the Company as of the date
hereof  and as of the date of  Closing,  severally  and solely  with  respect to
itself and its purchase  hereunder and not with respect to any other  Purchaser,
as set forth in this Article IV. Each Purchaser  makes no other  representations
or  warranties,  express  or  implied,  to the  Company in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  and any and all  prior  representations  and
warranties,  if any, which may have been made by the Purchaser to the Company in
connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be deemed to have
been merged in this Agreement and any such prior representations and warranties,
if any, shall not survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

           4.1  Investment  Purpose.  Purchasers  are  purchasing  the Preferred
Shares for each  Purchaser's  own  account  for  investment  only and not with a
present  view  toward or in  connection  with the  public  sale or  distribution
thereof in violation of the applicable  securities  laws.  Purchasers  will not,
directly or indirectly, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Securities
or any interest therein except pursuant to transactions that are exempt from the
registration  requirements of the Securities Act and/or sales  registered  under
the Securities Act, the rules and regulations  promulgated  pursuant thereto and
applicable state securities laws. By making the  representations in this Section
4.1, each  Purchaser  does not agree to hold the  Securities  for any minimum or
other  specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the  Securities at any
time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration  statement or an exemption
from  registration  under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities
laws.

           4.2  Accredited  Investor  Status.  Each  Purchaser is an "accredited
investor"  as that term is  defined  in Rule  501(a) of  Regulation  D, and each
Purchaser  has  indicated  on  a  duly  executed   Investor   Questionnaire  and
Representation  Agreement  in the form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit D in which
capacity that it so qualifies as an "accredited investor."

           4.3  Reliance on  Exemptions.  Each  Purchaser  understands  that the
Preferred  Shares are being  offered and sold to  Purchasers  in  reliance  upon
specific exemptions from the registration  requirements of United States federal
and state  securities  laws and that the  Company is relying  upon the truth and
accuracy  of,  and  each  Purchaser's   compliance  with,  the  representations,
warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of each Purchaser set
forth herein in order to determine the  availability  of such exemptions and the
eligibility of each Purchaser to acquire the Preferred Shares.

           4.4  Information.  Each  Purchaser  has been  furnished  the  Company
Documents (as defined in Section 5.6 hereof), including,  without limitation and
to the  fullest  extent  applicable,  the  Financial  Statements  (as defined in
Section 5.6 hereof).  The Purchasers  have been afforded the  opportunity to ask
questions  of the  Company  and have  received  what  Purchasers  believe  to be
complete and satisfactory answers to any such inquiries.  Neither such inquiries
nor any other due  diligence  investigation  conducted by  Purchasers  or any of
their  representatives nor any other disclosures or documents (including without
limitation  the Company  Documents)  shall modify,  amend or affect  Purchasers'
right to rely on the Company's  representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement or in any Exhibit  hereto or in any  certificate  issued in connection
herewith or therewith.

           4.5 Governmental Review.  Purchasers understand that no United States
federal  or state  agency or any other  government  or  governmental  agency has
passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities.

           4.6  Transfer  or Resale.  Purchasers  understand  that (i) except as
provided in the Registration Rights Agreement,  the Securities have not been and
are not being  registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws,
and  may  not  be  offered,   sold,  pledged  or  otherwise  transferred  unless
subsequently  registered  thereunder or an exemption from such  registration  is
available  (which  exemption the Company  expressly agrees may be established as
contemplated  in clauses  (b) and (c) of Section 7.1  hereof);  (ii) any sale of
such  Securities  made in  reliance on Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act (or a
successor  rule) ("Rule 144") may be made only in  accordance  with the terms of
Rule  144 and  further,  if  Rule  144 is not  applicable,  any  resale  of such
Securities without  registration under the Securities Act under circumstances in
which the seller may be deemed to be an underwriter  (as that term is defined in
the Securities  Act) may require  compliance with some other exemption under the
Securities  Act or the rules and  regulations of the SEC  thereunder,  and (iii)
neither  the Company nor any other  person is under any  obligation  to register
such  Securities  under the  Securities Act or any state  securities  laws or to
comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption  thereunder (in each case,
other than pursuant to this  Agreement or the  Registration  Rights  Agreement).
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein to the contrary,
the  Securities  may be  pledged as  collateral  in  connection  with any margin
account or other lending arrangement.

           4.7  Legends.  Purchasers  understand  that,  subject to Article  VII
hereof,  the  certificates  for the Preferred Shares and, until such time as the
Common Shares have been  registered  under the Securities Act as contemplated by
the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise may be sold by Purchaser pursuant
to Rule 144  (subject to and in  accordance  with the  procedures  specified  in
Article  VII  hereof),  the  certificates  for the  Common  Shares,  will bear a
restrictive legend (the "Legend") in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  OR THE SECURITIES  LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES. THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS OFFERED,  SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED   PURSUANT  TO  AN  AVAILABLE   EXEMPTION   FROM  THE   REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE LAWS.

           4.8 Authorization:  Enforcement.  This Agreement and the Registration
Rights Agreement have been duly and validly  authorized,  executed and delivered
on behalf of  Purchasers  and are valid and  binding  agreements  of  Purchasers
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,  except (i) to the extent
that such  validity  or  enforceability  may be  subject to or  affected  by any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium, liquidation or similar laws
relating to, or affecting  generally the  enforcement of,  creditors'  rights or
remedies of creditors  generally,  or by other  equitable  principles of general
application,  and  (ii) as  rights  to  indemnity  and  contribution  under  the
Registration  Rights  Agreement  may be limited  by Federal or state  securities
laws.

           4.9 Residency.  Each Purchaser is a resident of the  jurisdiction set
forth under Purchaser's name on the signature page of this Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE V

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

           The Company  represents and warrants to the Purchasers as of the date
hereof and as of the date of Closing as set forth in this Article V. The Company
makes no  other  representations  or  warranties,  express  or  implied,  to the
Purchasers in connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby and any and
all prior  representations  and warranties,  if any, which may have been made by
the Company to the Purchasers in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
hereby shall be deemed to have been merged in this  Agreement and any such prior
representations  and  warranties,  if any,  shall not survive the  execution and
delivery of this Agreement.

           5.1 Organization and Qualification.  Prior to the Merger, the Company
existed as a limited  liability  company and was duly  organized and existing in
good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey.  Upon the effectiveness
of the  Merger,  the  Company  became,  and  presently  is, a  corporation  duly
organized  and  existing  in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of New
Jersey. The Company, and its subsidiaries,  if any, have the requisite corporate
power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
The Company has no subsidiaries  other than as set forth in Schedule 5.1 hereof,
and is duly  qualified  as a foreign  corporation  to do business and is in good
standing  in every  jurisdiction  where the  failure so to qualify or be in good
standing would have a Material Adverse Effect.  "Material  Adverse Effect" means
any effect which, individually or in the aggregate with all other effects, is or
could  reasonably  be  expected  to  be  materially  adverse  to  the  business,
operations,  properties,  financial condition, operating results or prospects of
the Company,  and its subsidiaries,  taken as a whole on a consolidated basis or
on the transactions contemplated hereby or on any of the Securities.

           5.2       Authorization: Enforcement.

                     (a) The  Company  has the  requisite  corporate  power  and
authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  and to issue,  sell and perform its obligations  with respect to the
Preferred  Shares  in  accordance  with the  terms  hereof  and the terms of the
Preferred  Shares,  to issue the Common Shares upon  conversion of the Preferred
Shares, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Preferred Shares; (b)
the execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement and the  Registration
Rights  Agreement by the Company and the  consummation by it of the transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby  (including  without limitation the issuance of
the Preferred Shares and the issuance and reservation for issuance of the Common
Shares) have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action and, except
as set forth on Schedule  5.2 hereof and except as  contemplated  by Section 5.5
hereof,  no  further  consent  or  authorization  of the  Company,  its board of
directors,  or its  stockholders  or any other  person,  body or agency,  and no
filing with any person,  body or agency,  is required with respect to any of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby;  (c) this Agreement has been, and
upon Closing,  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and the certificates for the
Preferred Shares will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company;  and
(d) this  Agreement  constitutes,  and upon  Closing,  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement and the Preferred  Shares will  constitute,  legal,  valid and binding
obligations of the Company  enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with
their  respective  terms,  except  (i) to  the  extent  that  such  validity  or
enforceability  may be subject to or  affected  by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium,  liquidation  or  similar  laws  relating  to,  or
affecting  generally  the  enforcement  of,  creditors'  rights or  remedies  of
creditors  generally,  or by other equitable  principles of general application,
and (ii) as rights to indemnity and contribution  under the Registration  Rights
Agreement may be limited by Federal or state securities laws.

           5.3 Capitalization.  The capitalization of the Company, including the
authorized  capital  stock,  the number of shares  issued and  outstanding,  the
number of shares  reserved for issuance  pursuant to the Company's  stock option
plans, the number of shares reserved for issuance  pursuant to securities (other
than the Preferred Shares)  exercisable for, or convertible into or exchangeable
for any  shares of  Common  Stock and the  number of shares to be  reserved  for
issuance upon  conversion of the Preferred  Shares is set forth in Schedule 5.3.
All of such outstanding shares of capital stock have been, or upon issuance will
be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  No shares of capital stock of
the Company  (including the Common  Shares) are subject to preemptive  rights or
any other  similar  rights of the  stockholders  of the  Company or of any other
person  or entity  which  have not been  satisfied  or  waived,  or any liens or
encumbrances.  Except  as  disclosed  in  Schedule  5.3,  as of the date of this
Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date,  (i) there are no  outstanding  options,
warrants,  scrip, rights to subscribe for, calls or commitments of any character
whatsoever  relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exercisable
or  exchangeable  for, any shares of capital  stock of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which
the  Company  or  any of  its  subsidiaries  is or may  become  bound  to  issue
additional  shares of capital  stock of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,
and (ii) issuance of the  Securities  will not trigger  antidilution  or similar
rights for any other present or future  outstanding or authorized  securities of
the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  and (iii) there are no  agreements  or
arrangements under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are obligated to
register the sale of any of its or their  securities  under the  Securities  Act
(except the Registration  Rights  Agreement).  The Company has furnished to each
Purchaser true and correct copies of the Company's  Certificate of Formation and
Operating Agreement, as in effect prior to the Merger, the Company's Certificate
of  Incorporation  as in effect on the date  hereof  and on the date of  Closing
("Certificate of Incorporation"),  and the Company's By-laws as in effect on the
date  hereof and on the date of Closing  (the  "By-laws").  The  Company has set
forth on Schedule 5.3 all instruments and agreements (other than the Certificate
of Incorporation  and By-laws)  governing or concerning  securities  convertible
into or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for Common Stock of the Company (and the
Company shall provide to each Purchaser  copies thereof upon the request of such
Purchaser).

           5.4 Issuance of Shares.  The Common  Shares are duly  authorized  and
reserved for issuance,  and, upon  conversion of the Preferred  Shares,  will be
validly issued,  fully paid and non-assessable,  and free from all taxes, liens,
claims and  encumbrances  directly  or  indirectly  imposed or  suffered  by the
Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries,  will  be  entitled  to  all  rights  and
preferences accorded to a holder of Common Stock, shall be entitled to be traded
on any markets and  exchanges as the other shares of Common Stock of the Company
may be traded,  and will not be subject to  preemptive  rights or other  similar
rights of  stockholders  of the  Company or of any other  person or entity.  The
Preferred  Shares  are  duly  authorized  and  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
nonassessable,  and free from all liens,  claims and  encumbrances  directly  or
indirectly imposed or suffered by the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of
its  affiliates  and will not be subject to  preemptive  rights or other similar
rights of stockholders of the Company or of any other person or entity.

           5.5 No Conflicts.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
Agreement,  the Preferred  Shares and the  Registration  Rights Agreement by the
Company, and the consummation by the Company of transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby  (including,  without  limitation,  the issuance and reservation for
issuance, as applicable, of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares) will not
(a) result in a violation of the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws or (b)
conflict  with,  or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse
of time or both would become a default)  under,  or give to others any rights of
termination,   amendment,   acceleration  or  cancellation  of,  any  agreement,
indenture or  instrument  to which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a
party,  or (c)  result  in a  violation  of any law,  rule,  regulation,  order,
judgment  or  decree  (including  U.S.  federal  and state  securities  laws and
regulations)  applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries,  or by which
any  property  or asset of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  is bound or
affected. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its
Certificate of Incorporation or other organizational  documents, and neither the
Company nor any of its  subsidiaries  is in default  (and no event has  occurred
which has not been waived which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would put
the Company or any of its subsidiaries in default) under, nor has there occurred
any event  giving  others  (with  notice or lapse of time or both) any rights of
termination,   amendment,   acceleration  or  cancellation  of,  any  agreement,
indenture or  instrument  to which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a
party,  except  for  possible  violations,  defaults  or  rights  as would  not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The businesses
of the Company and its subsidiaries  are not being  conducted,  and shall not be
conducted  so  long  as  any  of the  Purchasers  (or  any  direct  or  indirect
transferee,  assignee  or  participant  of a  Purchaser  or of such  transferee,
assignee or  participant  in a  transaction  of the type  referred to in Section
7.1(b) below ("Purchaser  Transferee")) owns any of the Securities, in violation
of any law,  ordinance or  regulation  of any  governmental  entity,  except for
possible  violations  the  sanctions  for which  either  individually  or in the
aggregate  would  not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 5.5, or except (A) such as may be required  under the Securities Act in
connection  with  the  performance  of  the  Company's   obligations  under  the
Registration  Rights  Agreement,  (B)  filing of a Form D with the SEC,  and (C)
compliance   with  the  state   securities   or  Blue  Sky  laws  of  applicable
jurisdictions,  the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization
or order of, or make any filing or registration  with, any court or governmental
agency or any regulatory or  self-regulatory  agency in order for it to execute,
deliver or perform any of its obligations  under this  Agreement,  the Preferred
Shares or the  Registration  Rights  Agreement or to perform its  obligations in
accordance with the terms hereof or thereof.

           5.6  Information.  Except as disclosed  in Schedule  5.6 hereof,  the
Company  has  delivered  to each  Purchaser  true  and  complete  copies  of all
materials  relating to the business,  finances and operations of the Company and
materials  relating  to the offer  and sale of the  Securities  which  have been
specifically requested by the Purchasers (collectively, the "Company Documents")
which include,  without  limitation and to the fullest extent applicable (i) the
Company's  monthly  financial  statements  for the period of the duration of the
Company  through  November  30, 1999 and (ii) in the event that  Closing  occurs
after January 31, 2000, the Company's audited Financial  Statements for the year
ended December 31, 1999. The financial  statements  referenced in Section 5.6(i)
and (ii) are collectively referred to herein as the "Financial  Statements." The
Financial  Statements  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  United  States
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"),  consistently applied (except
(A) as may be otherwise  indicated  in such  Financial  Statements  or the notes
thereto, or (B) in the case of unaudited interim statements,  to the extent they
do not include  footnotes or are condensed or summary  statements)  and,  fairly
present in all material  respects  the  consolidated  financial  position of the
Company  and its  consolidated  subsidiaries  as of the  dates  thereof  and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and cash flows for the periods  then
ended  (subject,  in the case of  unaudited  statements,  to normal,  immaterial
year-end  audit  adjustments).  None of the  Financial  Statements or any of the
other Company Documents delivered to the Purchasers contain any untrue statement
of a material  fact or omitted to state a material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary  in order to make the  statements  therein not  misleading.
Except as set  forth in the  Financial  Statements  or the  notes  thereto,  the
Company has no liabilities,  contingent or otherwise, other than (1) liabilities
incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past  practice
subsequent to the date of such financial  statements and (2)  obligations  under
contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice and (3)  liabilities  not required under  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  to be  reflected  in the  Financial  Statements,  which,
individually or in the aggregate,  are not material to the financial  condition,
business, operations,  properties, operating results or prospects of the Company
and  its  subsidiaries  or to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or to the
Securities.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  5.6,  none of the  Company,  its
subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Company,  any of the other parties
thereto,  is in breach or violation of any  contract,  which breach or violation
could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  No event,
occurrence  or condition  exists  which,  with the lapse of time,  the giving of
notice,  or both,  would  become a default by the  Company  or its  subsidiaries
thereunder which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.7 Absence of Certain  Changes.  Since November 30, 1999,  there has
been no material  adverse  change and no  material  adverse  development  in the
business, properties,  operations, financial condition, results of operations or
prospects of the Company, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.7.

           5.8 Absence of Litigation. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.8, there
is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court,
public board, government agency, or self-regulatory organization or body pending
or, to the  knowledge  of the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries,  threatened
against or  affecting  the  Company,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any of their
respective  directors  or  officers  in their  capacities  as such,  which could
reasonably be expected to result in an unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding
which  would  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect or would  adversely  affect  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the documents contemplated
hereby or which would adversely affect the validity or enforceability of, or the
authority  or ability of the  Company to perform  its  obligations  under,  this
Agreement  or any of such  other  documents.  There  are no  facts  known to the
Company which, if known by a potential claimant or governmental authority, could
reasonably be expected to give rise to a claim or proceeding  which, if asserted
or conducted with results unfavorable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.9 Disclosure. No information,  statement or representation relating
to or  concerning  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  set  forth in this
Agreement  contains  an untrue  statement  of a material  fact.  No  information
relating to or concerning  the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  set forth in
any of the Company Documents or the Financial Statements contains a statement of
material fact that was untrue as of the date or dates such Company  Document was
delivered  to the  Purchasers.  The  Company  has not  herein or in the  Company
Documents  omitted  to  state a  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the
statements  and  representations  made  herein  or  therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

           5.10   Acknowledgment.   Regarding   Purchasers'   Purchase   of  the
Securities,  the Company  acknowledges and agrees that Purchasers are not acting
as financial  advisors or fiduciaries of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
(or in any similar  capacity) with respect to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated  hereby,  that  this  Agreement  and the  transaction  contemplated
hereby,  and the  relationship  between  the  Purchasers  and the  Company,  are
"arms-length,"  and that any statement made by a Purchaser  (except as set forth
in  Article  IV)  or any of  their  respective  representatives  or  agents,  in
connection with this Agreement, and the transactions  contemplated hereby is not
advice or a recommendation, is merely incidental to such Purchaser's purchase of
the  Securities and (except as set forth in Article IV) has not been relied upon
as such in any way by the  Company,  its  officers  or  directors.  The  Company
further  represents to Purchaser that the Company's  decision to enter into this
Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby have been based solely on an
independent evaluation by the Company and its representatives.

           5.11 No General Solicitation. Neither the Company nor any distributor
participating on the Company's behalf in the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
(if any) nor any person  acting for the Company,  or any such  distributor,  has
conducted  any  "general  solicitation,"  as  described  in  Rule  502(c)  under
Regulation D, with respect to any of the Securities being offered hereby.

           5.12 No  Integrated  Offering.  Neither the  Company,  nor any of its
affiliates,  nor any  person  acting on its or their  behalf,  has  directly  or
indirectly  made any offers or sales of any security or solicited  any offers to
buy any security under  circumstances that would either require  registration of
any of the  Securities  under  the  Act  or  prevent  the  parties  hereto  from
consummating,  or delay or interfere with the  consummation of, the transactions
contemplated  hereby  pursuant to an exemption from the  registration  under the
Securities  Act pursuant to the  provisions of  Regulation  D. The  transactions
contemplated  hereby  are  exempt  from  the  registration  requirements  of the
Securities  Act,  assuming  the  accuracy of the  relevant  representations  and
warranties  herein  contained of the Purchasers to the extent  relevant for such
determination.

           5.13 No Brokers.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.13,  the Company
has taken no action, directly or indirectly,  which would give rise to any claim
by any person for brokerage  commissions,  finder's fees or similar  payments by
Purchasers relating to this Agreement or the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
The Company will indemnify the Purchasers from and against any fees and expenses
(including without limitation  reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) sought or
other claims made any broker.

           5.14  Intellectual  Property.  Except as disclosed in Schedule  5.14,
each of the Company and its subsidiaries  owns, is licensed to use, or possesses
adequate  and   enforceable   rights  to  use  all  material   patents,   patent
applications,  trademarks,  trademark applications,  trade names, service marks,
copyrights, copyright applications,  licenses, know-how (including trade secrets
and  other   unpatented   and/or   unpatentable   proprietary  or   confidential
information,  systems or procedures)  and other similar  rights and  proprietary
knowledge (collectively, "Intangibles") used or necessary for the conduct of its
business as now being  conducted.  To the Company's  best  knowledge,  except as
disclosed  in Schedule  5.14,  neither the  Company  nor any  subsidiary  of the
Company  infringes on or is in conflict  with any right of any other person with
respect  to any  Intangibles  nor is there any claim of  infringement  made by a
third party against or involving the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  which
infringement,  conflict  or  claim,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  could
reasonably be expected to result in an unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.15 Key Employees. Each Key Employee (as defined below) is currently
serving the Company in the capacity disclosed in Schedule 5.15. No Key Employee,
to the best of the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries,  is, or is now
expected to be, in violation of any material  term of any  employment  contract,
confidentiality,    disclosure    or    proprietary    information    agreement,
non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive
covenant, and the continued employment of each Key Employee does not subject the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries  to any liability with respect to any of the
foregoing  matters.  No Key  Employee  has, to the best of the  knowledge of the
Company and its subsidiaries, any intention to terminate his employment with, or
services to, the Company or any of its  subsidiaries.  "Key Employee"  means Ira
Baseman and Michael Markulek.

           5.16 No  "Poison  Pill".  The  Company  does  not  have in  effect  a
shareholders  rights plan or similar  plan in the nature of a "poison  pill." If
the Company adopts such a plan,  none of the  Purchasers'  Preferred  Shares and
Common Shares will be deemed to trigger such plan.



<PAGE>


           5.17  Dilution.  The Company  acknowledges  that the number of Common
Shares may  increase  substantially  in certain  circumstances  (subject  to the
limitation on issuance of Common  Shares set forth in the Company's  Certificate
of  Incorporation).  The Company  understands and  acknowledges  the potentially
dilutive  effect to the Common Stock upon the issuance of the Common Shares upon
conversion of the Preferred  Shares.  The Company further  acknowledges that its
obligation  to issue Common Shares upon  conversion  of the Preferred  Shares in
accordance with this Agreement and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation is
absolute and  unconditional  regardless of the dilutive effect such issuance has
on the ownership interests of other stockholders of the Company.

           5.18 Certain Transactions.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18, and
except for arm's length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its
direct  or  indirect  subsidiaries  makes  payments  in the  ordinary  course of
business upon terms no less  favorable  than the Company or any of its direct or
indirect  subsidiaries  could obtain from third  parties,  none of the officers,
directors,  or employees of the company is presently a party to any  transaction
with the Company or any of its direct or indirect  subsidiaries  (other than for
services  as  employees,  officers  and  directors),   including  any  contract,
agreement or other  arrangement  providing for the  furnishing of services to or
by,  providing for rental of real or personal  property to or from, or otherwise
requiring  payments to or from any officer,  director or such employee or to the
knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in
which any officer,  director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or
is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

           5.19  Permits;  Compliance.  The  Company  and each of its direct and
indirect   subsidiaries   is  in   possession   of   all   franchises,   grants,
authorizations,  licenses, permits, easements, variances,  exemptions, consents,
certificates,  approvals  and orders  necessary  to own,  lease and  operate its
properties  and  to  carry  on  its  business  as  it  is  now  being  conducted
(collectively, the "Company Permits"), and there is no action pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened regarding suspension or cancellation of any
of the Company  Permits except for such Company  Permits the failure of which to
possess, or the cancellation or suspension of which, would not,  individually or
in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of
its  direct or  indirect  subsidiaries  is in  conflict  with,  or in default or
violation  of,  any of the  Company  Permits,  except  for any  such  conflicts,
defaults  or  violations  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  could not
reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Since  December 1,
1999,  neither the Company  nor any of its direct or indirect  subsidiaries  has
received  any  notification  with  respect to  possible  conflicts,  defaults or
violations  of  applicable  laws,   except  for  notices  relating  to  possible
conflicts, defaults or violations, which conflicts, defaults or violations could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.20  Insurance.  The  Company  and each of its direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries  are  insured by insurers of  recognized  financial  responsibility
against such losses and risks and in such amounts as  management  of the Company
believes to be prudent and customary in the  businesses in which the Company and
its direct and indirect  subsidiaries  are engaged.  Neither the Company nor any
such direct or indirect subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be
able to renew its existing  insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires
or to obtain  similar  coverage  from  similar  insurers as may be  necessary to
continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.21 Year 2000. The Company represents and warrants that, to the best
of its knowledge, its internal computer systems and software (collectively,  the
"Computer Products") shall, when applicable,  accept,  record,  store,  process,
display, calculate and present the calendar dates falling on or after January 1,
2000 with the same  functionality  as such  Computer  Products  accept,  record,
store, process, display,  calculate and present all other calendar dates falling
on or before December 31, 1999, and in all other aspects,  the Computer Products
shall  not  in any  way  lose  functionality  or  degrade  in  performance  as a
consequence  of such Computer  Products  operating at a date later than December
31, 1999.

           5.22 Issuance of Shares Under Employee Benefit Plans. The Company has
not issued,  and will not issue any shares of Common  Stock  under any  Employee
Benefit Plan (as such term is defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act  ("ERISA"))  or Plans  adopted by the Company  prior to Closing,  except for
additional issuances which are approved by the Board of Directors, including the
approval of both of the two  directors  elected by the holders of the  Preferred
Shares.

           5.23 Tax Matters. Except as identified on Schedule 5.23:

                     (a) the Company has filed all tax  returns,  which  include
any  return,  declaration,  report,  claim for refund or  information  return or
statement  relating to Taxes,  including any schedule or attachment  thereto and
any amendment thereof (collectively,  "Tax Returns"), and other reports which it
was  required  to file and each such  return or other  report  was  correct  and
complete in all  respects,  and the Company  has paid all taxes,  including  all
federal,  state,  county, local or foreign taxes,  charges,  fees, levies, other
assessments or withholding  taxes or charges imposed by any governmental  entity
and any interest and  penalties  (civil or criminal) on or additions to any such
taxes  (collectively,  "Taxes") due and owing by it (whether or not shown on any
Tax Return or other report) and has withheld and paid over all Taxes which it is
obligated to withhold  from amounts paid or owing to any  employee,  independent
contractor, stockholder, partner, creditor or other third party;

                     (b) no Tax  audits  are  pending  or being  conducted  with
respect to the Company;

                     (c)  there  are no liens  on any  Common  Stock,  Preferred
Shares or any of the Company's  assets that arose in connection with any failure
(or alleged failure) to pay any Tax;

                     (d)  no  information   related  to  Tax  matters  has  been
requested  by any Taxing  authority  and the  Company  has not  received  notice
indicating an intent to open an audit or other review from any Taxing authority;

                     (e) there are no unresolved  disputes or claims  concerning
the Tax liability of the Company;

                     (f) no claim  has ever  been  made by any  jurisdiction  in
which the Company does not file Tax Returns to the effect that the Company is or
may be subject to any Tax imposed by that jurisdiction;

                     (g) the Company is not a party to any agreement  that could
obligate it to make any payments that would not be  deductible  pursuant to Code
Section 280G:

                     (h) the Company  has not made an election  pursuant to Code
Section 341(f);

                     (i) the Company  has not waived any statute of  limitations
in respect of Taxes or agreed to an  extension  of time with  respect to any Tax
assessment or deficiency; and

                     (j) the  Company  is not a  party  to any  Tax  sharing  or
allocation  agreement,  and the  Company has no  liability  for the Taxes of any
person  under  Section  1.1502-6  of the  Treasury  Regulations  (or any similar
provision of state,  local or foreign law),  as a transferee  or  successor,  by
contract, or otherwise.

           5.24      Contracts and Commitments.

                     (a)  Contracts.  Other than this Agreement or as identified
on Schedule 5.24, the Company is not a party to any written or oral:

                               (i)  pension,   profit  sharing,   stock  option,
employee stock  purchase or other plan or arrangement  providing for deferred or
other compensation to employees or any other employee benefit,  welfare or stock
plan or  arrangement  which is not  identified on Schedule 5.24, or any contract
with any labor union, or any severance agreement;

                               (ii) contract for the employment or engagement as
an independent contractor of any person, including any individual,  partnership,
corporation, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust,
joint  venture,  unincorporated  organization  and  governmental  entity  or any
department,  agency or political subdivision thereof (collectively,  a "Person")
on a full-time, part-time, consulting or other basis;

                               (iii) contract  pursuant to which the Company has
advanced  or loaned  funds,  or agreed to  advance or loan  funds,  to any other
Person;

                               (iv)  contract  or  indenture   relating  to  any
Indebtedness or the mortgaging,  pledging or otherwise  placing a lien on any of
the Common Stock, the Preferred Shares or any of the assets of the Company;

                               (v) contract pursuant to which the Company is the
lessee of, or holds or  operates,  any real or  personal  property  owned by any
other Person;

                               (vi)  contract  pursuant  to which the Company is
the  lessor  of, or  permits  any third  party to hold or  operate,  any real or
personal property owned by the Company or of which the Company is a lessee;

                               (vii)  assignment,  license,  indemnification  or
other  contract  with  respect  to  any  intangible   property   (including  any
intellectual  property  owned  by or  licensed  to  the  Company)  which  is not
identified on Schedule 5.24;

                               (viii)  contract  or  agreement  with  respect to
services  rendered  or goods  sold or leased to or from  others,  other than any
customer  purchase  order  accepted in the  ordinary  course of business  and in
accordance  with the  Company's  past  practice  which both (A) does not require
delivery  after the date which is six months after the Closing Date and (B) does
not involve a sale price of more than $10,000;

                               (ix) contract prohibiting the Company from freely
engaging in any business anywhere in the world;

                               (x)   independent    sales    representative   or
distributorship agreement which is not identified on Schedule 5.24; or

                               (xi) any other  contract which is material to the
Company or involves a consideration in excess of $10,000.

                     (b)  Enforceability.  Each item identified on Schedule 5.24
(the  "Contracts")  is valid,  binding and  enforceable  in accordance  with its
terms,   except  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  (i)  applicable
insolvency,  bankruptcy,  reorganization,   moratorium  or  other  similar  laws
affecting  creditors' rights generally and (ii) applicable  equitable principles
(whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                     (c)  Compliance.  The Company has performed all obligations
required  to be  performed  by it under each  Contract,  and, to the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  the  Company is not in default  under or in breach in any
material  respect  of (nor is it in  receipt  of any claim of  default or breach
under) any such obligation. No event has occurred which with the passage of time
or the giving of notice (or both) would result in a default,  breach or event of
noncompliance  in any  material  respect  under any  obligation  of the  Company
pursuant to any Contract. The Company has no present expectation or intention of
not fully performing any obligation of the Company pursuant to any Contract, and
the Company has no  knowledge of any breach or  anticipated  breach by any other
party to any Contract.

                     (d) Leases.  With respect to each Contract which is a lease
of personal property,  the Company holds a valid and existing leasehold interest
under such lease for the term set forth with respect to such lease identified on
Schedule 5.24.

                     (e)  Affiliated  Transactions.   Except  as  identified  on
Schedule 5.24(e), no officer, director,  stockholder or Affiliate of the Company
(and no  individual  related by blood or  marriage  to any such  Person,  and no
entity in which any such Person or individual owns any beneficial interest) is a
party to any agreement,  contract,  commitment or  transaction  with the Company
(other  than  this  Agreement)  or has any  material  interest  in any  material
property used by the Company.

                     (f) Copies.  Purchaser's  legal  counsel has been  supplied
with a true and correct  copy of each  written  Contract,  each as  currently in
effect.

           5.25      Compliance with Laws.

                     (a)  Generally.  Except as identified on Schedule  5.25(a),
the Company has not  violated any  requirement  arising  under any action,  law,
treaty,  rule or  regulation,  determination  or direction of an  arbitrator  or
governmental   entity,   including  any  environmental  and  safety  requirement
(collectively,  a "Legal Requirement"),  and the Company has not received notice
alleging any such violation.

                     (b) Environmental and Safety Matters.  Without limiting the
generality of Section 5.25(a):

                               (i) The Company  does not own,  control or occupy
any real  property  except the office  space that it occupies at its address set
forth above and the Company does not maintain  therein a laboratory and does not
conduct thereon any fabrication or  manufacturing.  The Company has complied and
is  in  compliance  with  all  federal,   state,  local  and  foreign  statutes,
regulations,  ordinances and other provisions having the force or effect of law,
all judicial  and  administrative  orders and  determinations,  all  contractual
obligations  and all  common  law,  in each case  concerning  public  health and
safety,  worker health and safety and pollution or protection of the environment
(including  all those  relating to the presence,  use,  production,  generation,
handling,  transport,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  distribution,  labeling,
testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control or clean-up
of  any   hazardous   substance   (collectively,   "Environmental   and   Safety
Requirements").

                               (ii)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  the Company has  obtained and complied  with,  and is in  compliance
with,  all  permits,  licenses  and other  authorizations  that may be  required
pursuant to  Environmental  and Safety  Requirements  for the  occupation of its
facilities  and the  operation of the Business.  All such permits,  licenses and
other authorizations are identified on Schedule 5.25(b).

                               (iii) The Company has not received any written or
oral notice,  report or other  information  regarding any  liabilities  (whether
accrued,  absolute,  contingent,  unliquidated  or otherwise) or  investigatory,
remedial or corrective obligations, relating to it or its facilities and arising
under Environmental and Safety Requirements.

                               (iv) Except as identified on Schedule 5.25(c) and
except as  disclosed on Schedule  5.25(b),  the Company is not aware that any of
the  following  exists at any  property  or  facility  owned or  operated by the
Company:

                                (1) underground storage tanks or surface
                                    impoundments
                                (2) asbestos-containing material in any form or
                                    condition; or
                                (3) materials or equipment containing
                                    polychlorinated biphenyls.

                               (v) The Company has not treated, stored, disposed
of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or released
any  substance,  including  any  hazardous  substance,  or owned or operated any
facility  or  property,  so as to give rise to  liabilities  of the  Company for
response  costs,  natural  resource  damages or attorneys'  fees pursuant to the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended  ("CERCLA"),   or  similar  state  or  local  Environmental  and  Safety
Requirements.

                               (vi) Neither this Agreement nor the  consummation
of the transactions  contemplated hereby will result in any obligations for site
investigation or cleanup, or notification to or consent of any government entity
or  third  parties,  pursuant  to  any  so-called   "transaction-triggered"   or
"responsible property transfer" Environmental and Safety Requirements.

                               (vii) The Company has not, either expressly or by
operation of law, assumed or undertaken any liability,  including any obligation
for  corrective  or  remedial  action,  of  any  other  Person  relating  to any
Environmental and Safety Requirements.

                               (viii) No environmental  lien has attached to any
property now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Company.

                               (ix) Without  limiting the  foregoing,  no facts,
events or  conditions  relating to the Company's  owned or leased  properties or
other past or present  facilities,  properties or operations of the Company will
prevent,  hinder or limit  continued  compliance with  Environmental  and Safety
Requirements, give rise to any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations
pursuant to  Environmental  and Safety  Requirements,  or give rise to any other
liabilities (whether accrued, absolute,  contingent,  unliquidated or otherwise)
pursuant to  Environmental  and Safety  Requirements,  including any relating to
onsite or offsite  releases  or  threatened  releases of  hazardous  substances,
personal injury, property damage or natural resource damage.

                     5.26      ERISA.  Except as identified on Schedule 5.26:

                     (a) with respect to all current employees  (including those
on lay-off,  disability  or leave of  absence),  former  employees,  and retired
employees of the Company (the  "Employees"),  the Company neither  maintains nor
contributes  to any (i) employee  welfare  benefit  plans (as defined in Section
3(1)  of  ERISA)  ("Employee  Welfare  Plans"),  or (ii)  any  plan,  policy  or
arrangement  which  provides  nonqualified  deferred   compensation,   bonus  or
retirement  benefits,  severance  or "change of  control"  (as set forth in Code
Section  280G)  benefits,  or  life,  disability  accident,   vacation,  tuition
reimbursement or other material fringe benefits ("Other Plans");

                     (b) the  Company  does  not  maintain,  contribute  to,  or
participate in any defined benefit plan or defined  contribution  plan which are
employee pension benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA)  ("Employee
Pension Plans");

                     (c) the Company does not  contribute to or  participate  in
any multiemployer  plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a "Multiemployer
Plan");

                     (d) the Company does not maintain or have any obligation to
contribute to or provide any post-retirement  health, accident or life insurance
benefits to any Employee,  other than limited  medical  benefits  required to be
provided under Code Section 4980B;

                     (e)  all  Plans  (and  all  related  trusts  and  insurance
contracts)  comply in form and in operation in all  material  respects  with the
applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code;

                     (f) all required  reports and  descriptions  (including all
Form 5500 Annual  Reports,  Summary  Annual  Reports,  PBGC-1s and Summary  Plan
Descriptions)  with  respect  to all Plans  have been  properly  filed  with the
appropriate  government  entity or distributed to participants,  and the Company
has complied substantially with the requirements of Code Section 4980B;

                     (g) with respect to each Plan, all contributions,  premiums
or payments  which are due on or before the Closing  Date have been paid to such
Plan; and

                     (h) the  Company  has not  incurred  any  liability  to the
Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  (the "PBGC"),  the United States Internal
Revenue  Service,  any  multiemployer  plan or  otherwise  with  respect  to any
employee  pension  benefit plan or with respect to any employee  pension benefit
plan currently or previously  maintained by members of the  controlled  group of
companies (as defined in Sections  414(b) and (c) of the Code) that includes the
Company (the  "Controlled  Group") that has not been  satisfied in full,  and no
condition  exists that  presents a material risk to the Company or any member of
the  Controlled  Group of incurring  such a liability  (other than liability for
premiums  due the PBGC) which could  reasonably  be expected to have any adverse
effect on Purchaser or the Company after the Closing.

                     (i) the Company has not evaluated,  prepared or submitted a
request to the Internal Revenue Service for a compliance  statement with respect
to an operational or plan design defect under any Employee Plans.

           5.27  Promissory  Note.  On December 23, 1999,  the Company  received
$250,000  advanced by Steffens  pursuant to a promissory  note  delivered by the
Company to  Steffens at such time (the  "Steffens  Note").  The  issuance of the
Preferred  Shares to Steffens will fully satisfy the  Company's  obligations  to
Steffens  pursuant to the Steffens Note and the Company will not owe any amounts
to Steffens in connection with the Steffens Note at such time.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    COVENANTS

           6.1 Best Efforts. The parties shall use their reasonable best efforts
to timely  satisfy each of the  conditions  described in Articles VIII and IX of
this Agreement.


           6.2 Securities  Laws. The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with
respect to the  Securities  with the SEC as required  under  Regulation D and to
provide a copy thereof to each Purchaser promptly after such filing. The Company
shall, on or prior to the date of the Closing,  take such action as is necessary
to  qualify  the  Securities  for  sale  to the  Purchasers  at the  Closing  in
compliance with applicable securities laws of the states of the United States or
obtain  exemption  therefrom,  and shall provide  evidence of any such action so
taken to the Purchasers on or prior to the date of the Closing.

           6.3  Listing.  Upon  registration,  the  Company  shall  use its best
efforts to list and trade the  Common  Shares on the AMEX,  the Nasdaq  National
Market,  the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the New York Stock Exchange and comply in
all material respects with the Company's reporting, filing and other obligations
under the By-laws and rules of such  exchange or Nasdaq,  as  applicable,  until
such time as the Company's  Board of Directors  (the "Board") may determine that
it is no longer in the best interests of the Company and its  shareholders to do
so, provided,  that such  determination of the Board must be approved by both of
the two directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Shares.

           6.4 Prospectus Delivery  Requirement.  The Purchasers each understand
that the  Securities  Act may require  delivery of a prospectus  relating to the
Common Shares in  connection  with any sale thereof  pursuant to a  registration
statement  under the  Securities Act covering the resale by the Purchaser of the
Common  Shares being sold,  and the Purchaser  shall comply with the  applicable
prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the Securities Act, if any, in connection
with any such sale.

           6.5  Pre-emptive  Right  to  Participate  in  Future  Private  Equity
Financings.

                     (a)  The   Company   shall  not,   prior  to  the  date  of
effectiveness  of a  registration  statement  with  respect to the resale of the
Common Shares (the "Release Date"),  issue Common Shares or securities which are
convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares or any other classes of common
shares of the  Company (a  "Private  Equity  Financing"),  except for  Permitted
Issuances  (as defined  below) and except as hereafter set forth in this Section
6.5. If at any time after the Closing and prior to  conversion  or redemption of
all of the Preferred  Shares,  the Company proposes a Private Equity  Financing,
other than a Permitted  Issuance,  the  Company  shall give each  Purchaser  the
opportunity to purchase its pro rata share (as calculated below) of such Private
Equity  Financing  on the same terms as offered to other  persons,  on the terms
described below. For purposes of this Section 6.5(a), "Permitted Issuance" means
any  issuance (i)  pursuant to the  conversion  of the  Preferred  Shares,  (ii)
pursuant to any stock dividend in, on, or upon any subdivision or combination of
shares of the Common Stock or the  Preferred  Shares,  (iii)  pursuant to a firm
commitment  underwritten public offering, (iv) in connection with an acquisition
or merger of another  company by or with the Company (v) in connection  with any
future equity financing whereby Common Stock, or warrants or options to purchase
Common  Stock or  securities  convertible  into  Common  Stock,  are issued to a
Strategic  Investor (as defined in Section  6.5(d) hereof) or (vi) in connection
with the  issuance by the Company of stock  options or other  equity  incentives
pursuant to employee  stock  option  plans and  incentive  warrant  plans as may
hereafter be approved by the Board of Directors,  including the approval of both
of the two directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Shares.



<PAGE>


                     (b) Each Purchaser shall have the right to purchase its pro
rata share of such Private Equity Financing based on the ratio of (x) the Common
Shares issuable on conversion or exercise of Preferred  Shares purchased by such
Purchaser  on the  Closing  Date to (y) all of the then  issued and  outstanding
Common Stock of the Company plus the Common Shares then issuable upon conversion
or exercise of any preferred stock, any warrants and any convertible debentures,
options  and  other  warrants  then  outstanding,  before  giving  effect to the
proposed Private Equity Financing.

                     (c) The Company shall deliver to each  Purchaser,  at least
five (5) business  days prior to the closing of such Private  Equity  Financing,
written  notice  describing  the terms and  conditions  of the proposed  Private
Equity  Financing,  and providing each Purchaser the opportunity to purchase its
pro rata  share (as  calculated  above) of the  Private  Equity  Financing.  Any
portion of the Private Equity Financing required to be so offered and so offered
which is not purchased (or irrevocably committed to be purchased) by a Purchaser
within five (5) business days  following  the receipt by the  Purchasers of such
offer may be sold by the  Company at any time  thereafter  on the same terms set
forth in the offer,  provided,  however, that if the Company does not consummate
such  Private  Equity  Financing  within 45 business  days after  receipt by the
Purchasers of the written notice noted in this Section 6.5(c), the rights of the
Purchasers  under this  Section  6.5 shall again  apply to such  Private  Equity
Financing.

                     (d)  For  the  purposes  of this  Section  6.5,  "Strategic
Investor"  shall  mean any  person or  entity  which  has a  material  business,
technology  or  commercial  relationship  with the  Company,  in addition to any
equity financing  provided by such person or entity, as determined in good faith
by the Board, including the approval of both of the two directors elected to the
Board by the holders of the Preferred Shares.

           6.6 Strategic  Relationship with AlphaNet.  The Company hereby grants
to AlphaNet  the  enforceable  exclusive  right of first  refusal to provide any
services required by the Company or the Company's clients requiring, purchasing,
or otherwise entailing, but not limited to, any of the following services:

                     (a)       Network hardware design, installation and
                               maintenance;
                     (b)       Network security and security audits;
                     (c)       Firewall management;
                     (d)       Server installation, configuration and
                               management;
                     (e)       Network management and monitoring;
                     (f)       Help Desk;
                     (g)       Applications and Development;
                     (h)       Consulting Services;
                     (i)       Website Development and other e-business related
                               activities;
                     (j)       Cabling;
                     (k)       Any other services AlphaNet is capable of
                               performing.

           To effect such exclusive  right of first  refusal,  the Company shall
refer to AlphaNet all  opportunities  coming to the Company's  attention for the
provision of any of the  aforementioned  services before submitting the need for
such  services to any other  provider.  If  AlphaNet is willing to provide  such
services to the Company or to the Company's  clients on commercially  reasonable
terms and conditions, the Company will purchase such services from AlphaNet.

            As soon as  practicable  following  the  Closing,  the  Company  and
AlphaNet will develop mutually acceptable operating procedures to facilitate the
implementation of the provisions of this Section 6.6.

           6.7  Provision  of  Financial  Statements  to  Purchasers.  Until the
Release Date, the Company shall provide each  Purchaser  copies of the Company's
quarterly  financial  statements  within 45 days  after the close of each of the
Company's first three fiscal quarters, and annual financial statements, prepared
in accordance with GAAP,  within 90 days after the close of the Company's fiscal
year, for so long as such Purchaser remains a holder of Preferred Shares.

           6.8  Approval of Annual  Budgets.  Until the Release  Date and for so
long as AlphaNet and Fallen Angel,  or their  affiliates,  control a majority of
the then outstanding  Preferred Shares, the Company shall adopt annual operating
and capital  budgets  ("Budgets")  by the 31st of March of each  calendar  year,
which  must be (i)  unanimously  approved  and  adopted  by the  Board,  or (ii)
approved by both of the two  directors  elected by the holders of the  Preferred
Shares and  adopted by the entire  Board,  or (iii) in the event that a proposed
Budget is neither unanimously  approved and adopted by the Board nor approved by
both of the two directors elected by the holders of the Preferred  Shares,  such
proposed  budget shall be  submitted  to a vote of the holders of the  Preferred
Shares for their  approval,  and the  Company  shall be  required  to obtain the
consent  of no less than 60% of the  issued and  outstanding  Preferred  Shares,
voting together as a single class, to adopt such proposed Budget.

           6.9 Put Rights.  After  January 14, 2006 (the "Put  Date"),  upon the
election of no less than 60% of the outstanding Preferred Shares, the Purchasers
may, at such time and at any time  thereafter,  require the Company to purchase,
and the Company shall purchase,  any Preferred Shares or Common Shares that they
may hold in the Company at the then fair market  value,  to be  determined  by a
national  investment  banking firm agreed upon by the Purchasers and the Company
(the "Put  Rights").  In the event that Ira Baseman  voluntarily  terminates his
full-time  employment with the Company, the Put Date shall be accelerated to the
date of such  termination  and the  Purchasers  shall have the right to exercise
their Put Rights at any time thereafter.

           6.10 Board of  Directors.  At Closing,  the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board") shall consist of four directors and one vacancy, including
(i) two persons,  including  Ira  Baseman,  elected by the holders of the Common
Stock,  (ii) two persons  elected by the holders of the  Preferred  Shares,  and
(iii) one vacancy to be filled by an  additional  director  to be elected  after
Closing by the foregoing four persons.

           6.11  Approval of Directors  Elected by Holders of Preferred  Shares.
With respect to any action under this  Agreement and under any of the agreements
executed in connection  therewith  which  requires for the approval  thereof the
approval of both of the two  directors  elected by the holders of the  Preferred
Shares,  if the holders of Preferred Shares are no longer entitled to elect such
directors,  then the  approval  of the  holders  of 60% of the then  outstanding
Preferred Shares must be obtained to take such action.

                                   ARTICLE VII

           LEGEND REMOVAL, TRANSFER, CERTAIN SALES, ADDITIONAL SHARES

           7.1 Removal of Legend. Any restrictive legend on the certificates for
the  Preferred  Shares  or,  until  such  time as the  Common  Shares  have been
registered under the Securities Act as contemplated by the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  or  otherwise  may be sold by  Purchasers  pursuant to Rule 144,  the
certificates  for the  Common  Shares,  the Legend  (as  defined in Section  4.6
hereof)  shall be removed  and the  Company  shall  issue,  or shall cause to be
issued,  a  certificate  without such Legend to the holder of any Security  upon
which it is stamped, and a certificate for a security shall be originally issued
without the Legend,  if: (a) the resale of such Security is registered under the
Securities  Act; or (b) such  holder  provides  the  Company  with an opinion of
counsel,  in form,  substance  and scope  customary  for  opinions of counsel in
comparable  transactions  and  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Company and its
counsel (the  reasonable  cost of which shall be borne by the Company if neither
an effective  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act or Rule 144 is
available  in  connection  with such sale) to the effect  that a public  sale or
transfer of such Security may be made without  registration under the Securities
Act pursuant to an exemption from such  registration  requirements;  or (c) such
Security can be sold pursuant to Rule 144, the Holder  provides the Company with
reasonable assurances that the Security can be so sold without restriction,  and
a registered broker dealer provides to the Company's  transfer agent and counsel
copies of (i) a "will sell" letter satisfying the guidelines  established by the
SEC and its staff from time to time and (ii) a customary seller's representation
letter with  respect to such a sale to be made  pursuant to Rule 144 and (iii) a
Form 144 in  respect  of such  Security  executed  by such  holder and filed (or
mailed for filing) with the SEC; or (d) such  Security  can be sold  pursuant to
Rule 144(k). Each Purchaser agrees to sell all registered Securities,  including
those represented by a certificate(s) from which the Legend has been removed, or
which were  originally  issued  without  the Legend,  pursuant  to an  effective
registration  statement, in accordance with the manner of distribution described
in such  registration  statement  and,  if required  by the  Securities  Act, to
deliver a  prospectus  in  connection  with such sale or in  compliance  with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In the event
the Legend is removed from any  Security or any  Security is issued  without the
Legend  and the  Security  is to be  disposed  of  other  than  pursuant  to the
registration  statement  or  pursuant  to Rule  144,  then  prior  to,  and as a
condition to, such  disposition  such Security  shall be re-legended as provided
herein in connection  with any  disposition if the subsequent  transfer  thereof
would be restricted  under the Securities  Act. Also, in the event the Legend is
removed  from any  Security  or any  Security  is issued  without the Legend and
thereafter the effectiveness of a registration  statement covering the resale of
such  Security is  suspended  or the Company  determines  that a  supplement  or
amendment  thereto  is  required  by  applicable   securities  laws,  then  upon
reasonable  advance notice to Purchaser  holding such Security,  the Company may
require that the Legend be placed on any such  Security that cannot then be sold
pursuant to an effective  registration  statement or Rule 144 or with respect to
which the opinion  referred  to in clause (b) next above has not been  rendered,
which  Legend shall be removed  when such  Security  may be sold  pursuant to an
effective registration statement or Rule 144 or such holder provides the opinion
with respect thereto described in clause (b) next above.

           7.2  Transfer  Agent  Instructions.  The Company  shall  instruct its
transfer agent, in a form satisfactory to the Purchasers, to issue certificates,
registered in the name of the Purchaser or its nominee, for the Common Shares in
such amounts  specified  from time to time by the Purchaser  upon  conversion or
exercise of the Preferred Shares.  Such certificates  shall bear the Legend only
to the extent  provided by Section  7.1 above.  The  Company  covenants  that no
instruction  other than such  instructions  referred to in this Article VII, and
stop transfer  instructions  to give effect to Section 4.6 hereof in the case of
the  Common  Shares  prior  to  registration  of the  Common  Shares  under  the
Securities Act or "black-out"  periods as provided in the  Registrations  Rights
Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers, dated of the date hereof, will
be given by the  Company to its  transfer  agent and that the  Securities  shall
otherwise  be  freely  transferable  on the books and  records  of the  Company.
Nothing in this Section shall affect in any way the Purchasers'  obligations and
agreement set forth in Section 7.1 hereof to resell the  Securities  pursuant to
an effective  registration  statement and to deliver a prospectus as required in
Section 7.1 in connection with such sale or in compliance with an exemption from
the registration  requirements of applicable securities laws. If (a) a Purchaser
provides the Company with an opinion of counsel,  which opinion of counsel shall
be in form,  substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable
transactions and reasonably  satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, to the
effect that the Securities to be sold or transferred  may be sold or transferred
pursuant  to  an  exemption  from  registration  or  (b) a  Purchaser  transfers
Securities to an affiliate which is an accredited  investor  (within the meaning
of Regulation D under the  Securities  Act) and which delivers to the Company in
written form the same  representations,  warranties  and covenants  made by such
Purchaser  hereunder  or pursuant  to Rule 144,  the  Company  shall  permit the
transfer,  and, in the case of the Common Shares, promptly instruct its transfer
agent to issue one or more certificates in such name and in such denomination as
specified by the Purchaser.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO SELL

           8.1 The  obligation  of the Company  hereunder  to issue and sell the
Preferred   Shares  to  the   Purchasers  at  the  Closing  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  as of  the  date  of  the  Closing,  of  each  of  the  following
conditions,  provided that these  conditions  are for the Company's sole benefit
and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

                               (i)  The  Purchasers   shall  have  executed  the
signature  page to this  Agreement  and the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and
delivered  the same to the Company.  The  Purchasers  shall have  completed  and
executed the Investor  Questionnaire and Representation  Agreement and delivered
the same to the Company.

                               (ii) The Purchasers shall have wired the Purchase
Price to an account designated by the Company.

                               (iii) The  representations  and warranties of the
Purchasers  shall be true and  correct in all  material  respects as of the date
when  made  and as of the  Closing  as  though  made at that  time  (except  for
representations  and  warranties  that  speak  as  of  a  specific  date,  which
representations  and warranties  shall be true and correct as of such date), and
the  Purchasers  shall have  performed,  satisfied  and complied in all material
respects  with  the  covenants,  agreements  and  conditions  required  by  this
Agreement to be performed,  satisfied or complied  with by the  Purchasers at or
prior to the Closing.

                               (iv)  No  statute,  rule,  regulation,  executive
order,  decree,   ruling  or  injunction  shall  have  been  enacted,   entered,
promulgated  or endorsed by any court or  governmental  authority  of  competent
jurisdiction  or any  self-regulatory  organization  having  authority  over the
matters contemplated hereby which restricts or prohibits the consummation of any
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IX

              CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE

           9.1 The  obligation  of the  Purchasers  hereunder  to  purchase  the
Preferred  Shares to be  purchased by them on the date of the Closing is subject
to the  satisfaction  as of the date of the  Closing,  of each of the  following
conditions,  provided  that  these  conditions  are for the sole  benefit of the
Purchasers  and may be waived by the  Purchasers at any time in the  Purchasers'
sole discretion:

                               (i) The Company  shall have  completed the Merger
and shall be organized and in good  standing as a corporation  under the laws of
the  State of New  Jersey,  with a  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-laws
substantially in the form of Exhibit E annexed hereto;

                               (ii)  The  Company   shall  have   executed   the
signature  page to this  Agreement  and the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and
delivered the same to Purchasers;

                               (iii) The  Company  shall have  delivered  to the
Purchasers duly issued  Preferred Shares being so purchased by each Purchaser at
the Closing;

                               (iv) The  representations  and  warranties of the
Company  shall be true and correct in all material  respects as of the date when
made and as of the  Closing  as though  made at that  time,  and as  though  any
reference  to the  date of this  Agreement  is a  reference  to the  date of the
Closing (except for  representations  and warranties that speak as of a specific
calendar date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as
of such date),  and the Company shall have performed,  satisfied and complied in
all material respects with the covenants,  agreements and conditions required by
this Agreement to be performed,  satisfied or complied with by the Company at or
prior to the Closing. Purchasers shall have received a certificate,  executed by
the  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  or Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
Company, dated as of the Closing to the foregoing effect.

                               (v)  No  statute,  rule,  regulation,   executive
order,  decree,   ruling  or  injunction  shall  have  been  enacted,   entered,
promulgated  or endorsed by any court or  governmental  authority  of  competent
jurisdiction  or any  self-regulatory  organization  having  authority  over the
matters  contemplated  hereby which  prohibits  the  consummation  of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                               (vi) Purchasers shall have received an opinion of
Smith, Stratton,  Wise, Heher & Brennan, counsel to the Company, dated as of the
Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

                               (vii) The Company's  Amendment to its Certificate
of Incorporation setting forth the terms of the Preferred Shares shall have been
filed with the Secretary of State of New Jersey and shall have become effective.

                               (viii)  The   Common   Shares   required   to  be
authorized and reserved  pursuant to the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
shall have been duly authorized and reserved by the Company.

                               (ix)   The    approval   of   the    transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  Registration  Rights  Agreement by the
shareholders  of the Company  shall have been duly  obtained,  and a copy of the
minutes of the meeting of the  shareholders  of the  Company,  certified  by the
Secretary of the Company as being true and  correct,  reflecting  such  approval
shall have been provided to each Purchaser.

                               (x) The Co-Sale Agreement (in the form of Exhibit
G annexed  hereto) shall have been duly executed by the Company and Ira Baseman,
respectively.

                               (xi) No material  adverse change in the Company's
business prospects shall have occurred prior to Closing.


                                    ARTICLE X

                          GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS

           10.1 Governing Law: Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey other than
the laws with respect to conflicts.  The parties hereto  irrevocably  consent to
the  jurisdiction of the United States federal courts in the State of New Jersey
and the state courts  located in the County of Morris in the State of New Jersey
in any suit or  proceeding  based on or  arising  under  this  Agreement  or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  irrevocably  agree  that all  claims in
respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in such courts. The Company
and each Purchaser  irrevocably  waives the defense of an inconvenient  forum to
the  maintenance of such suit or proceeding in such forum.  The Company and each
Purchaser  further  agrees  that  service  of process  upon the  Company or such
Purchaser,  as  applicable,  mailed by the first class mail in  accordance  with
Section 10.6 shall be deemed in every respect  effective service of process upon
the  Company or such  Purchaser  in any suit or  proceeding  arising  hereunder.
Nothing  herein shall affect any  Purchaser's  or the  Company's  right to serve
process in any other manner  permitted  by law. The parties  hereto agree that a
final  judgment in any such suit or proceeding  shall be  conclusive  and may be
enforced in other  jurisdictions by suit on such judgment or in any other lawful
manner.  The parties hereto  irrevocably  waive any right to trial by jury under
applicable law.

           10.2  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  including, without limitation, by facsimile transmission,  all of
which  counterparts  shall be  considered  one and the same  agreement and shall
become effective when  counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered
to the other party.  In the event any  signature  page is delivered by facsimile
transmission,  the party  using  such means of  delivery  shall  promptly  cause
additional  original  executed  signature  pages to be  delivered  to the  other
parties.

           10.3 Headings.  The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of
reference  and shall not form part of, or affect  the  interpretation  of,  this
Agreement.

           10.4  Severability.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall  be
invalid   or   unenforceable   in   any   jurisdiction,   such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the
remainder of this Agreement or the validity or  enforceability of this Agreement
in any other jurisdiction.

           10.5 Entire Agreement: Amendments. This Agreement and the instruments
referenced  herein contain the entire  understanding of the parties with respect
to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically  set forth
herein  or  therein,   neither  the   Company  nor  the   Purchaser   makes  any
representation,  warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters.
No provision of this  Agreement  may be waived  other than by an  instrument  in
writing signed by the party to be charged with  enforcement  and no provision of
this  Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing  signed by
the Company and each Purchaser.

           10.6  Notice.  Any notice  herein  required or  permitted to be given
shall  be  in  writing   and  may  be   personally   served  or   delivered   by
nationally-recognized  overnight  courier  or  by  facsimile  machine  confirmed
telecopy,  and shall be deemed  delivered at the time and date of receipt (which
shall include  telephone  line facsimile  transmission).  The addresses for such
communications shall be:

                     If to the Company:
                               nex-i.com inc.
                               7 Wall Street
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Ira A. Baseman, President and CEO
                               Telephone No. (609) 497-9400
                               Facsimile No. (609) 497-9433



<PAGE>


                     With a copy to:
                               Smith, Stratton, Wise, Heher & Brennan
                               600 College Road East
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Richard J. Pinto, Esq.
                               Telephone No.  (609) 987-6650
                               Facsimile No.  (609) 987-6651

                     If to AlphaNet:
                               AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.
                               7 Ridgedale Avenue
                               Cedar Knolls, New Jersey 07927
                               Attention: Jack Adler, Esq., Senior VP,
                                          Secretary and General Counsel
                               Telephone No.  (973) 889-3813
                               Facsimile No.  (973) 898-9694

                     With a copy to:
                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No. (973) 966-1550

                     If to Fallen Angel:
                               Fallen Angel Equity Fund, L.P.
                               c/o Fallen Angel Capital LLC
                               960 Holmdel Road
                               Holmdel, New Jersey 07733
                               Attention: Ira Cohen
                               Telephone No.  (732) 946-2000
                               Facsimile No.  (732) 946-0519

                     With a copy to:
                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No. (973) 966-1550

                     If to Steffens:

                               John L. Steffens
                               358 Wendover Drive
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Each party shall provide notice to the other party of any change in address.

           10.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties and their  successors  and assigns.  Neither
the Company nor the  Purchaser  shall  assign  this  Agreement  or any rights or
obligations  hereunder  without the prior  written  consent of the other except,
with respect to the Company,  in accordance  with the Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Purchaser may subject to and in
compliance  with  Section  7.2  hereof,  assign  all or part of its  rights  and
obligations  without the consent of the Company so long as such transferee is an
accredited  investor  (within the meaning of  Regulation D under the  Securities
Act) and agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement.

           10.8 Third Party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement is intended for the
benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  permitted  successors  and
assigns (including transferees permitted in accordance with Section 10.7) and is
not for the benefit of, nor may any  provision  hereof be enforced by, any other
person.

           10.9 Survival;  Indemnity.  The representations and warranties of the
Company and the  Purchaser  and the  agreements  and  covenants set forth herein
shall survive the Closing  hereunder through the date three months following the
sixth   anniversary  of  this  Agreement   notwithstanding   any  due  diligence
investigation  conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any  Purchaser as the
case may be. The Company  agrees to indemnify and hold  harmless each  Purchaser
and  each  of  such  Purchaser's  respective  officers,  directors,   employees,
partners,  agents  and  affiliates  for loss or  damage or  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys  fees)  arising as a result of or related to any breach or
alleged  breach  by the  Company  of any of its  respective  representations  or
covenants set forth herein, in the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation or in
the Registration Rights Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are
incurred.

           10.10 Further  Assurances.  Each party shall do and perform, or cause
to be done and  performed,  all such further acts and things,  and shall execute
and deliver all such other agreements, certificates,  instruments and documents,
as the other party may  reasonably  request in order to carry out the intent and
accomplish  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

           10.11  Remedies.  No provision of this  Agreement  providing  for any
remedy to a  Purchaser  or the  Company  shall  limit  any  remedy  which  would
otherwise  be  available  to such  Purchaser or the Company at law or in equity.
Nothing in this Agreement  shall limit any rights a Purchaser may have under any
applicable  federal or state  securities  laws with  respect  to the  investment
contemplated  hereby. The Company and each Purchaser  acknowledges that a breach
by it of its respective  obligations  hereunder will cause  irreparable  harm to
each Purchaser,  in the case of the Company,  and the Company,  in the case of a
Purchaser.  Accordingly,  the Company and each Purchaser  acknowledges  that the
remedy at law for a material  breach of its  respective  obligations  under this
Agreement will be inadequate and agrees,  in the event of a breach or threatened
breach by the Company or a Purchaser,  as the case may be, of the  provisions of
this  Agreement,  that a Purchaser or the Company,  as the case may be, shall be
entitled,  in  addition  to  all  other  available  remedies,  to an  injunction
restraining any breach and requiring immediate compliance, without the necessity
of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

                     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  Purchasers  and the
Company  have caused  this  Agreement  to be duly  executed as of the date first
above written.

NEX-I.COM INC.


By:   /s/ Ira Baseman
- --------------------------------
Name:       Ira Baseman
Title:      President & CEO
Residence:  New Jersey

PURCHASERS:


   /s/ John L. Steffens
- --------------------------------
       John L. Steffens
Residence:  New Jersey
Number of Preferred Shares
Purchased at Closing:  437,500 shares
Purchase Price Paid at Closing (in U.S. Dollars):  $250,000.19

ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.


By:  /s/ Donald A. Deieso
- --------------------------------
Name:  Donald A. Deieso
Title: President and CEO
Residence: New Jersey
Number of Preferred Shares
Purchased at Closing: 3,101,000 shares
Purchase Price Paid at Closing (in U.S. Dollars):  $1,772,001.33

FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY
FUND, L.P.


By:  /s/ Ira Cohen
- --------------------------------
Name:       Ira Cohen
Title:      Limited Partner
Residence:  New Jersey
Number of Preferred Shares
Purchased at Closing:  399,000 shares
Purchase Price Paid at Closing (in U.S. Dollars): $228,000.17


<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A


                      FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


Omitted.





<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit B


                          FORM OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE
                    PARTICIPATING PREFERRED SHARE CERTIFICATE


Omitted.




<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit C


                            TERMS OF PREFERRED SHARES


Omitted.




<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit D


           FORM OF INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE AND REPRESENTATION AGREEMENT


Omitted.



<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit E


                                FORM OF COMPANY'S
                     CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS


Omitted.



<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit F


                      FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL


Omitted.






<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit G


                            FORM OF CO-SALE AGREEMENT


Omitted.




                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

           THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, (the "Agreement") is entered into
as of January 14, 2000, by and among  NEX-I.COM  INC., a New Jersey  corporation
(the "Company"),  with its principal office located at 7 Wall Street, Princeton,
New Jersey 08540,  ALPHANET  SOLUTIONS,  INC., a New Jersey corporation with its
principal office located at 7 Ridgedale Avenue,  Cedar Knolls,  New Jersey 07927
("AlphaNet") and FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
with its principal office located at 960 Holmdel Road, Holmdel, New Jersey 07733
("Fallen  Angel") and JOHN L. STEFFENS,  an individual  residing at 358 Wendover
Drive,  Princeton,  New Jersey 08540 ("Steffens," and together with AlphaNet and
Fallen Angel, the "Purchasers").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

           WHEREAS,  in connection with the Securities  Purchase Agreement dated
as of the date hereof,  between the  Purchasers  and the Company (the  "Purchase
Agreement"),  the  Company  has  agreed,  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions of the Purchase  Agreement,  to issue and sell to the Purchasers (the
"Offering") 3,937,500 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Participating
Preferred  Shares  (the  "Preferred  Shares"),  convertible  into  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the "Common  Stock").  The
shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  into  which the  Preferred  Shares  are
convertible are referred to herein as the "Common Shares;" and

           WHEREAS, to induce the Purchasers to execute and deliver the Purchase
Agreement  and to  purchase  the  Preferred  Shares,  the  Company has agreed to
provide  certain  registration  rights  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended,  and the rules and  regulations  thereunder,  or any similar  successor
statute  (collectively,  the "Securities  Act"), and applicable state securities
laws with respect to the Common Shares;

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the mutual
covenants  contained  herein  and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the Company and the
Purchasers hereby agree as follows:

           1.  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used  herein  and not  otherwise
defined  herein  shall have the  respective  meanings  set forth in the Purchase
Agreement.  As used in this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the
following meanings:

                     (a) "Purchasers" means the Purchasers and any transferee or
assignee of the  Purchasers who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this
Agreement in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

                     (b)  "Registrable  Securities"  means  the  Common  Shares,
together  with any shares of Common  Stock  which may be issued as a dividend or
other  distribution  and any additional  shares of the Common Stock which may be
issued due to anti-dilution  adjustments with respect to the Preferred Shares or
Common  Shares,  which are required to be included in a  Registration  Statement
pursuant to Section 2(a) below.

                     (c) "Registration Period" means the period between the date
of  this  Agreement  and  the  earlier  of (i)  the  date  on  which  all of the
Registrable  Securities  have  been  sold,  or (ii) the  date on  which  all the
Registrable   Securities  (in  the  opinion  of  Purchasers'   counsel)  may  be
immediately  sold  without  registration  pursuant  to  Rule  144(k)  under  the
Securities Act without being subject to any volume limitations.

                     (d) "Registration Statement" means a registration statement
filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC")  under  the
Securities  Act and any  subsequent  Registration  Statement  filed to  register
additional Registrable Securities.

                     (e) The terms "register,"  "registered," and "registration"
refer  to a  registration  effected  by  preparing  and  filing  a  Registration
Statement  in  compliance  with the  Securities  Act and  applicable  rules  and
regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such
Registration Statement by the SEC.

           2. Registration.

                     (a) Mandatory  Registration.  In the event that the holders
of no less than 30% of the Registrable  Securities request  (counting,  for this
purpose,  the number of Common  Shares then  issuable on conversion of Preferred
Shares or owned by the holders of  Preferred  Shares)  that the  Company  file a
Registration  Statement with the SEC registering the Registrable  Securities for
resale  for an  aggregate  amount of no less than $5  million  (a  "Registration
Request"),  the  Company  shall use its best  efforts to cause such shares to be
registered; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect
any such  registration  prior to the earlier of (i) January 14, 2003 or (ii) six
months after the effective date of the Company's  first  Registration  Statement
filed with the SEC relating to a public offering of the Common Stock (an "IPO").
To the extent  allowable  under the  Securities  Act  (including  Rule 416), the
Registration  Statement  shall include the Common Shares and such  indeterminate
number of  additional  shares of the Common  Stock as may become  issuable  upon
conversion of the Preferred Shares (i) to prevent dilution  resulting from stock
splits, stock dividends or similar transactions, or (ii) by reason of changes in
the  conversion  price of the  Preferred  Shares  in  accordance  with the terms
thereof.  The  number  of  shares of Common  Stock  initially  included  in such
Registration  Statement  shall be no less  than 1  million  Common  Shares.  The
Registration  Statement  (and each  amendment or  supplement  thereto)  shall be
provided to, and subject to the approval of, the  Purchasers  and their counsel,
such approval not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed. The Company shall use
its best efforts to cause such Registration  Statement to be declared  effective
by the SEC in a timely  manner,  but in no event  later  than 120 days after the
Company is notified of the Registration Request (the "Required Effective Date").
Such best efforts shall include,  but not be limited to, promptly  responding to
all  comments  received  from the  staff of the SEC.  The  Purchasers  shall use
reasonable  efforts to cause their counsel to provide any comments or approve of
any amendment to the Registration Statement within two business days of receipt.
Once declared  effective by the SEC, the Company  shall cause such  Registration
Statement  to remain  effective  throughout  the  Registration  Period,  and any
amendment of such Registration Statement that may be necessary shall not relieve
the Company of its  obligation  to cause the  Registration  Statement  to remain
effective under this Agreement.  A maximum of two  Registration  Requests may be
made by the Purchasers  pursuant to this Section 2(a), and the Company shall not
be  obligated  under  this  Section  2(a) to  comply  with  more  than  two such
Registration Requests.

                     (b) Grace Period After  Registration.  The Corporation will
not be  obligated  to effect any  registration  pursuant to Section  2(a) within
ninety (90) days after the effective date of a registration in which the holders
were entitled to include all of the  Registrable  Securities  in a  registration
statement  pursuant to Section 2(e) hereof.  The Corporation may postpone for up
to ninety (90) days the filing of a  registration  statement for a  registration
pursuant to Section 2(a) if the  Corporation has delivered to the holders of the
Registrable  Securities  a  certificate  signed by its Chief  Executive  Officer
stating that the Board of Directors has  determined in its good faith  judgment,
that the filing  and  completion  of the such  registration  would be  seriously
detrimental to the Corporation and its  stockholders  because such  registration
might require premature public  disclosure with respect to pending  confidential
matters  (the  "Board  Deferral  Right");  provided,  that (i) in such event the
holders  requesting the  registration  will be entitled to withdraw such request
and,  if such  request  is  withdrawn,  such  registration  will not  count as a
registration  hereunder  and (ii) the Board may not exercise its Board  Deferral
Right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

                     (c)  Holdback   Agreements.   Each  holder  of  Registrable
Securities  agrees (i) not to effect any public sale or distribution  (including
sales pursuant to Rule 144) of the Registrable  Securities  during the seven (7)
days prior to and the ninety (90) day period  beginning on the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement for an IPO, unless the  underwriters  managing such
offering  otherwise  agree and (ii) that all  Registrable  Securities  which are
excluded from any other  underwriting by reason of the  underwriter's  marketing
limitation and all other Registrable  Securities not originally  requested to be
included in an underwriting  shall not be included in the  registration for such
underwriting  and shall be withheld from the market by the holders thereof for a
period not to exceed the period  commencing  seven (7) days prior to, and ending
ninety (90) days following,  the effective date of such Registration  Statement,
which the managing underwriter  reasonably determines is necessary to effect the
underwritten public offering.

                     (d)  Late  Registration   Payments.   If  the  Registration
Statement  required  pursuant  to  Section  2(a)  above  has not  been  declared
effective by the Required Effective Date, the Company will make cash payments to
the Purchasers as partial  compensation  for such delay (the "Late  Registration
Payments").  The Late Registration  Payments will be equal to one percent (1.0%)
of the Purchase Price (as defined in, and adjusted in accordance  with the terms
of, the Purchase  Agreement and the terms of the  Preferred  Shares set forth in
the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation)  paid for the Preferred Shares for
each month following the Required  Effective Date,  continuing  through the date
the  Registration   Statement  is  declared  effective  by  the  SEC.  The  Late
Registration  Payments will be prorated on a daily basis for partial  months and
will be paid to the  Purchasers in cash within five (5) business days  following
the earlier of: (i) the end of each month following the Required Effective Date,
or (ii) the effective date of the Registration  Statement.  Nothing herein shall
limit any Purchaser's  right to pursue actual damages for the Company's  failure
to file a Registration  Statement or to have the Registration Statement declared
effective by the SEC on or prior to the Required  Effective  Date in  accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.

                     (e) Piggyback  Registrations.  If, at any time prior to the
expiration of the  Registration  Period,  the Company decides to register any of
its  securities  for its own  account or for the  account  of others  (excluding
registrations  relating to equity  securities  to be issued solely in connection
with an acquisition of any entity or business or in connection with stock option
or other employee benefit plans),  the Company will promptly give the Purchasers
written  notice  thereof,  and will  use its best  efforts  to  include  in such
registration  all or any  part  of the  Registrable  Securities  (excluding  any
Registrable Securities previously included in a Registration Statement which has
become effective) so requested by such Purchasers (a "Piggyback  Registration").
Each  Purchaser's  request  for  registration  must be given to the  Company  in
writing  within ten (10) days after  receipt of the notice from the Company.  If
the  registration  for  which the  Company  gives  notice  is a public  offering
involving an underwriting,  the Company will so advise the Purchasers as part of
the   above-described   written   notice.   In  such  event,   if  the  managing
underwriter(s)  of the  public  offering  impose a  limitation  on the number of
shares of Common  Stock  which may be  included  in the  Registration  Statement
because, in such underwriter(s)' judgment, such limitation would be necessary to
effect an orderly  public  distribution,  then the Company  will be obligated to
include only such limited  portion,  if any, of the Registrable  Securities with
respect  to which  such  Purchasers  have  requested  inclusion  hereunder.  Any
exclusion of Registrable  Securities shall be made pro-rata among all holders of
the Company's  securities  seeking to include shares of Common Stock (including,
for purposes of this Section 2(e)  holders of  securities  of the Company  other
than  the  Registrable  Securities  who  hold  and are  attempting  to  exercise
registration  rights)  in  proportion  to the  number of shares of Common  Stock
sought to be included by such holders; provided,  however, that the Company will
not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all
outstanding  securities  the  holders  of  which  are not  entitled  by right to
inclusion of securities  in such  Registration  Statement and that  Registerable
Securities may not be reduced below 33% of the total  securities  offered by the
Company in such Registration  Statement. No right to registration of Registrable
Securities  under this  Section  2(e) shall be construed to limit in any way the
registration  required under Section 2(a) above.  The obligations of the Company
under this  Section  2(e) will expire upon the earlier of: (i) after the Company
has afforded to the  Purchasers the  opportunity  for the Purchasers to exercise
registration  rights under this Section  2(e) for two  registrations;  provided,
however,  that any  Purchaser  who  shall  have had any  Registrable  Securities
excluded from any  Registration  Statement in accordance  with this Section 2(e)
shall be entitled to include in any additional  Registration  Statement filed by
the Company the  Registrable  Securities  so  excluded;  or (ii) when all of the
Registrable Securities held by any Purchaser may be sold by such Purchaser under
Rule  144(k)  under the  Securities  Act  without  being  subject  to any volume
restrictions.

                     (f) Unlimited S-3  Registration  Rights.  In the event that
the  Company  becomes  eligible  to  register  shares with the SEC on a Form S-3
Registration Statement or similar form ("Form S-3"), the holders of no less than
30% of the then outstanding  Registrable  Securities may, on an unlimited number
of occasions (while the Company remains  eligible to file on Form S-3),  require
the Company to register at least $1 million worth of  Registrable  Securities on
Form S-3 (an "S-3 Registration").

                     3.  Additional  Obligations  of the Company.  In connection
with the registration of the Registrable Securities,  the Company shall have the
following additional obligations:

                     (a) The  Company  shall  keep each  Registration  Statement
required  by  Section  2(a)  hereof  effective  pursuant  to Rule 415  under the
Securities Act at all times during the Registration Period as defined in Section
1(c) above.

                     (b) The Registration Statement (including any amendments or
supplements  thereto and  prospectuses  contained  therein) filed by the Company
shall not contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements
therein,  not  misleading.  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC such
amendments  (including   post-effective   amendments)  and  supplements  to  the
Registration   Statement  and  the  prospectus   used  in  connection  with  the
Registration  Statement as may be necessary to keep the  Registration  Statement
effective at all times during the Registration  Period, and, during such period,
shall  comply with the  provisions  of the  Securities  Act with  respect to the
disposition  of  all  Registrable  Securities  of  the  Company  covered  by the
Registration  Statement  until such time as all of such  Registrable  Securities
have been disposed of in accordance with the intended  methods of disposition by
the sellers thereof as set forth in the Registration Statement. In the event the
number of shares of Common  Stock  included in a  Registration  Statement  filed
pursuant to this Agreement (excluding Piggyback Registrations as provided for in
Section 2(e) above) is insufficient to cover all of the Registrable  Securities,
the  Company  shall  amend  the   Registration   Statement  and/or  file  a  new
Registration  Statement so as to cover all of the Registrable Securities as soon
as  practicable,  but in no event more than twenty (20)  business days after the
Company  first  determines  (or  reasonably  should  have  determined)  the need
therefor.  The Company shall use its best efforts to cause such amendment and/or
new Registration  Statement to become effective as soon as practicable following
the filing thereof.  The Late  Registration  Payment  provisions of Section 2(d)
above  shall  become  applicable  with  respect  to the  effectiveness  of  such
amendment and/or new Registration Statement on the sixtieth (60th) day following
the date the Company first determines (or reasonably should have determined) the
need for the amendment and/or new Registration Statement.

                     (c) The  Company  shall  furnish  to each  Purchaser  whose
Registrable  Securities are included in the Registration  Statement (i) promptly
after the  Registration  Statement is prepared and publicly  distributed,  filed
with the SEC or received by the Company, one copy of the Registration  Statement
and any amendment thereto; each preliminary  prospectus and final prospectus and
each  amendment  or  supplement  thereto;  and, in the case of the  Registration
Statement required under Section 2(a) above, each letter written by or on behalf
of the Company to the SEC and each item of correspondence  from the SEC, in each
case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion of any item
thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential
treatment);  and (ii)  such  number  of  copies  of a  prospectus,  including  a
preliminary  prospectus,  and all amendments and supplements  thereto,  and such
other documents as such Purchaser may reasonably  request in order to facilitate
the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Purchaser.

                     (d) The Company  shall use its best efforts to (i) register
and qualify the Registrable  Securities  covered by the  Registration  Statement
under  such  other  securities  or blue  sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as the
Purchasers reasonably request, (ii) prepare and file in those jurisdictions such
amendments  (including  post-effective   amendments)  and  supplements  to  such
registrations as may be necessary to maintain the  effectiveness  thereof during
the  Registration  Period,  (iii) take such other actions as may be necessary to
maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times during the
Registration  Period,  and (iv) take all other actions  reasonably  necessary or
advisable to qualify the Registrable  Securities for sale in such jurisdictions.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provision,  the Company shall not be required in
connection  therewith or as a condition thereto to (i) qualify to do business in
any  jurisdiction  where it would not  otherwise  be required to qualify but for
this  Section  3(d),  (ii)  subject  itself  to  general  taxation  in any  such
jurisdiction,  (iii)  file a general  consent  to service of process in any such
jurisdiction, (iv) provide any undertakings that cause more than nominal expense
or burden to the Company, or (v) make any change in its charter or bylaws, which
in each case the Board of Directors of the Company  determines to be contrary to
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

                     (e) In the event Purchasers who hold a majority in interest
of the Registrable Securities being offered in an offering in which no less than
50% of such offering is comprised of Registrable  Securities select underwriters
for such  offering,  the Company  shall  enter into and perform its  obligations
under an underwriting  agreement in usual and customary form including,  without
limitation,  customary  indemnification and contribution  obligations,  with the
managing  underwriter of such offering.  If the Registration  Statement required
pursuant to Section 2(a) is not then effective, the Company shall be responsible
for payment of the  reasonable  attorney fees and costs incurred by one law firm
selected by such  Purchasers to represent  their  interests in the  underwritten
offering.

                     (f) The  Company  shall  notify  each  Purchaser  who holds
Registrable  Securities  being sold pursuant to a Registration  Statement of the
happening  of any event of which the Company has  knowledge as a result of which
(i) the  prospectus  included in the  Registration  Statement  as then in effect
includes  an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
not  misleading,  or (ii) sales  cannot be made  pursuant  to such  Registration
Statement  in  compliance  with the  securities  laws for any  other  reason  (a
"Suspension  Event").  The Company shall make such  notification  as promptly as
practicable  after the Company  becomes aware of such  Suspension  Event,  shall
promptly  use its best  efforts  to prepare a  supplement  or  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement to correct such untrue statement or omission,  and shall
deliver a number of copies of such  supplement or amendment to each Purchaser as
such Purchaser may reasonably request. If a Purchaser reasonably believes that a
Suspension  Event is in effect,  but has not  received  notice  thereof from the
Company,  such  Purchaser  may  deliver  a  written  request,  setting  forth in
reasonable  detail  the basis and source  (including  any  individual)  for such
belief,  that the Company  confirm that no  Suspension  Event is in effect.  The
Company shall respond to any such request with a letter executed by an executive
officer of the Company  stating  that,  in  consultation  with its counsel,  the
Company has  determined  that a Suspension  Event is or is not in effect,  on or
before the third business day following receipt of such request.  If the Company
fails to respond within such time period,  a Suspension Event shall be deemed to
be in effect commencing retroactively as of the day that the Purchaser delivered
its request to the Company,  and shall continue until the Purchaser is otherwise
notified by the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  provision,  the Company
shall  not be  required  to  maintain  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registration
Statement or to amend or supplement the  Registration  Statement for a period (a
"Delay Period")  beginning on the date of occurrence of the Suspension Event and
expiring  upon the  earlier  to occur  of (i) the  date on which  such  material
information  is disclosed to the public or ceases to be material,  (ii) the date
on which the Company is able to comply with its disclosure  obligations  and SEC
requirements  related thereto, or (iii) thirty (30) days after the occurrence of
the Suspension Event;  provided,  however, that there shall not be more than two
Delay  Periods in any  twelve  (12)  month  period.  In the event that the total
number of days in any  Delay  Period(s)  within a  twelve-month  period  exceeds
thirty (30) days, the Company shall extend the conversion  date of the Preferred
Shares  for a number  of days  equal to the total  number of days in such  Delay
Period(s).  In the event  that the number of days in all Delay  Period(s)  taken
together  within a twelve-month  period exceeds sixty (60) days, or in the event
that  there  are  more  than  two  Delay  Periods  in any  twelve-month  period,
regardless of the duration, the Company shall compensate the Purchasers for such
delay by making monthly cash payments,  prorated on a daily basis,  to each such
Purchaser  of one percent  (1.0%) of the  Purchase  Price (as defined in, and in
accordance  with the terms of, the Purchase  Agreement) paid for the Registrable
Shares  still held by such  Purchaser  at such time for each  month,  continuing
through the date the Delay Period ceases (the "Delay  Compensation").  The Delay
Compensation  will begin to accrue on the sixty-first  (61st) day falling within
one or more Suspension Events in any twelve-month period (or on the first day of
any Delay  Period in excess of the first two Delay  Periods) and will be payable
thirty  days  from  that  date  and  each  thirty  days  thereafter   until  the
Registration Statement is brought effective.

                     (g) The Company  shall use its best  efforts to prevent the
issuance  of  any  stop  order  or  other   suspension  of  effectiveness  of  a
Registration  Statement  and,  if such an order is  issued,  shall  use its best
efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible time and
to notify each Purchaser who holds Registrable Securities being sold (or, in the
event of an underwritten offering, the managing underwriters) of the issuance of
such order and the resolution thereof.

                     (h) The Company  shall  permit  counsel  designated  by the
Purchasers  who  hold  Registrable   Securities  being  sold  pursuant  to  such
registration  to  review  the  Registration  Statement  and all  amendments  and
supplements  thereto (as well as all requests for  acceleration or effectiveness
thereof) a  reasonable  period of time prior to their  filing with the SEC,  and
shall not file any document in a form to which such counsel reasonably objects.

                     (i) The  Company  shall  make  generally  available  to its
security holders as soon as practical, but not later than ninety (90) days after
the close of the  period  covered  thereby,  an  earnings  statement  (in a form
complying with the  provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities  Act) covering a
twelve-month  period  beginning  not later  than the first day of the  Company's
fiscal quarter following the effective date of the Registration Statement.

                     (j) At the request of any Purchaser  who holds  Registrable
Securities being sold pursuant to such  registration,  the Company shall furnish
on the date that Registrable Securities are delivered to an underwriter for sale
in connection  with the  Registration  Statement (i) a letter,  dated such date,
from  the  Company's  independent  certified  public  accountants  in  form  and
substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to
underwriters in an underwritten public offering,  addressed, if permitted by the
then applicable rules or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
to  the  Purchasers;  and  (ii)  an  opinion,  dated  such  date,  from  counsel
representing the Company for purposes of such  Registration  Statement,  in form
and  substance  as is  customarily  given in an  underwritten  public  offering,
addressed to the underwriters and Purchasers.

                     (k) The Company shall make  available for inspection by any
Purchaser  whose  Registrable   Securities  are  being  sold  pursuant  to  such
registration,  any underwriter  participating in any disposition pursuant to the
Registration Statement, and any attorney,  accountant or other agent retained by
any  such  Purchaser  or  underwriter  (collectively,   the  "Inspectors"),  all
pertinent  financial  and  other  records,  pertinent  corporate  documents  and
properties of the Company (collectively,  the "Records"), as shall be reasonably
necessary to enable each Inspector to exercise its due diligence responsibility,
and cause  the  Company's  officers,  directors  and  employees  to  supply  all
information which any Inspector may reasonably  request for purposes of such due
diligence;  provided,  however, that each Inspector shall hold in confidence and
shall not make any  disclosure  (except to a Purchaser)  of any Records or other
information which the Company  determines in good faith to be confidential,  and
of which determination the Inspectors are so notified, unless (i) the disclosure
of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a  misstatement  or omission in
any Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant
to a  subpoena  or other  order  from a court or  government  body of  competent
jurisdiction,  or is reasonably necessary in connection with litigation or other
legal process,  or (iii) the information in such Records has been made generally
available  to the public  other than by  disclosure  in violation of this or any
other agreement.  The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential
information  in such Records to any  Inspector  until and unless such  Inspector
shall  have  entered  into  confidentiality  agreements  (in form and  substance
satisfactory   to  the  Company)   with  the  Company   with  respect   thereto,
substantially  in the form of this Section 3(k).  Each Purchaser  agrees that it
shall,  upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in or by a court
or  governmental  body of competent  jurisdiction  or through other means,  give
prompt notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company's expense, to
undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of, or to obtain a protective
order for, the Records  deemed  confidential.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to
limit any Purchaser's  ability to sell Registrable  Securities in a manner which
is otherwise consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

                     (l) The Company shall hold in confidence and shall not make
any  disclosure of  information  concerning a Purchaser  provided to the Company
pursuant hereto unless (i) disclosure of such information is necessary to comply
with federal or state  securities  laws, (ii) the disclosure of such information
is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in any  Registration
Statement,  (iii) the  release  of such  information  is ordered  pursuant  to a
subpoena  or  other  order  from a  court  or  governmental  body  of  competent
jurisdiction,  or is reasonably necessary in connection with litigation or other
legal process, or (iv) such information has been made generally available to the
public other than by disclosure in violation of this or any other agreement. The
Company agrees that it shall,  upon learning that disclosure of such information
concerning  a  Purchaser  is  sought  in or by a court or  governmental  body of
competent  jurisdiction  or through  other  means,  give  prompt  notice to such
Purchaser and allow such  Purchaser,  at its expense,  to undertake  appropriate
action to prevent  disclosure  of, or to obtain a  protective  order  for,  such
information.

                     (m) The Company  shall use its best  efforts  either to (i)
cause all the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be
listed on Nasdaq (as defined below),  the AMEX or the NYSE if similar securities
issued  by the  Company  are  then  listed,  and  on  each  additional  national
securities  exchange on which similar  securities issued by the Company are then
listed, if any, if the listing of such Registrable  Securities is then permitted
under the rules of such exchange or market,  or (ii) secure  designation  of all
the Registrable  Securities covered by the Registration  Statement as a National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated   Quotations  System  ("Nasdaq")
"national  market system security" within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the SEC
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and
the quotation of the Registrable Securities on the Nasdaq National Market System
or the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market or, if,  despite the  Company's  best efforts to
satisfy  the  preceding  clause  (i) or (ii),  the  Company is  unsuccessful  in
satisfying the preceding  clause (i) or (ii), to arrange for at least two market
makers to register with the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") as such with respect to such Registrable Securities.

                     (n) The  Company  shall  provide  for a transfer  agent and
registrar  for  the  Registrable  Securities,  which  may  be a  single  entity,
effective  no later than ten (10) days  before  the  filing of any  Registration
Statement  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  and  the  Company  shall  deliver  the
instructions  to the  transfer  agent,  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A
annexed hereto (the "Instructions to the Transfer Agent"), to the transfer agent
within five days following the appointment of the transfer agent (as provided in
Section 3(o) below).

                     (o) The Company shall  cooperate  with the  Purchasers  who
hold  Registrable   Securities  being  sold  and  the  managing  underwriter  or
underwriters,  if any, to  facilitate  the timely  preparation  and  delivery of
certificates  (not bearing any  restrictive  legends)  representing  Registrable
Securities  to be  sold  pursuant  to  the  Registration  Statement  and  enable
certificates  to be in such  denominations  or  amounts  as the case may be, and
registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or
the Purchasers may reasonably  request;  and,  within five business days after a
Registration   Statement  which  includes  Registrable   Securities  is  ordered
effective by the SEC, the Company shall  deliver,  and shall cause legal counsel
selected by the Company to deliver,  to the transfer  agent for the  Registrable
Securities  (with copies to the  Purchasers  whose  Registrable  Securities  are
included in such Registration Statement) the Instructions to the Transfer Agent,
instructing the transfer agent to issue new stock certificates  without a legend
and an opinion of such counsel that the Common Shares have been registered.

                     (p) The  Company  shall take all other  reasonable  actions
necessary  to  expedite  and  facilitate  disposition  by the  Purchaser  of the
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

           4. Obligations of the Purchasers. In connection with the registration
of  the  Registrable  Securities,   the  Purchasers  shall  have  the  following
obligations:

                     (a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of
the Company to take any action  pursuant to this  Agreement with respect to each
Purchaser  that such  Purchaser  shall  furnish to the Company such  information
regarding  itself,  the  number  of  Registrable  Securities  held by it and the
intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it as shall
be reasonably required by the rules of the SEC to effect the registration of the
Registrable  Securities.  At least  ten (10)  business  days  prior to the first
anticipated filing date of the Registration Statement,  the Company shall notify
each Purchaser of the information the Company  requires from each such Purchaser
(the  "Requested  Information")  if such  Purchaser  elects  to have any of such
Purchaser's  Registrable Securities included in the Registration  Statement.  If
within ten (10)  business  days of such notice the Company has not  received the
Requested Information from a Purchaser (a "Non-Responsive Purchaser"),  then the
Company  may file  the  Registration  Statement  without  including  Registrable
Securities of such Non-Responsive Purchaser.

                     (b) Each Purchaser,  by such Purchaser's  acceptance of the
Registrable  Securities,  agrees to  cooperate  with the  Company as  reasonably
requested by the Company in connection  with the  preparation  and filing of the
Registration Statement hereunder, unless such Purchaser has notified the Company
in writing of such  Purchaser's  election  to  exclude  all of such  Purchaser's
Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement.

                     (c) In the event Purchasers  holding a majority in interest
of the Registrable  Securities being registered determine to engage the services
of an  underwriter,  each  Purchaser  agrees  to  enter  into and  perform  such
Purchaser's  obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary
form, including, without limitation,  customary indemnification and contribution
obligations,  with the managing underwriter of such offering and take such other
actions as are  reasonably  required  in order to  expedite  or  facilitate  the
disposition of the  Registrable  Securities,  unless such Purchaser has notified
the  Company in  writing of such  Purchaser's  election  to exclude  all of such
Purchaser's Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement.

                     (d) Each Purchaser  agrees that, upon receipt of any notice
from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind  described in Section
3(f) or  3(g),  such  Purchaser  will  immediately  discontinue  disposition  of
Registrable  Securities  pursuant to the  Registration  Statement  covering such
Registrable  Securities  until  such  Purchaser's  receipt  of the copies of the
supplemented  or  amended  prospectus  contemplated  by  Section  3(f) or  order
contemplated by Section 3(g) and, if so directed by the Company,  such Purchaser
shall  deliver to the Company (at the  expense of the  Company) or destroy  (and
deliver  to the  Company  a  certificate  of  destruction)  all  copies  in such
Purchaser's  possession,  of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities
current at the time of receipt of such notice.

                     (e)  No  Purchaser  may  participate  in  any  underwritten
registration hereunder unless such Purchaser (i) agrees to sell such Purchaser's
Registrable  Securities on the basis provided in any  underwriting  arrangements
approved by the Purchasers entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, (ii)
completes  and executes  all  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,  indemnities,
underwriting  agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms
of such underwriting arrangements, and (iii) agrees to pay its pro rata share of
all  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and other fees and  expenses  of
investment  bankers and any manager or managers of such  underwriting  and legal
expenses  of  the  underwriter   applicable  with  respect  to  its  Registrable
Securities,  in each case to the extent not payable by the  Company  pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement.

           5. Expenses of  Registration.  All  reasonable  expenses,  other than
underwriting   discounts   and   commissions,   incurred  in   connection   with
registrations,   filings  or  qualifications  pursuant  to  Sections  2  and  3,
including,  without  limitation,  all registration,  listing and  qualifications
fees,  printers and accounting  fees, the fees and  disbursements of counsel for
the Company,  and the reasonable fees and  disbursements of one counsel selected
by the  Purchasers  pursuant  to  Section  3(e)  hereof,  shall  be borne by the
Company.

           6.  Indemnification.  In the event  any  Registrable  Securities  are
included in a Registration Statement under this Agreement:

                     (a) To the  extent  permitted  by  law,  the  Company  will
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each   Purchaser  who  holds  such   Registrable
Securities,  the directors, if any, of such Purchaser,  the officers, if any, of
such  Purchaser,  each person,  if any, who  controls any  Purchaser  within the
meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any  underwriter  (as defined
in the  Securities  Act) for the  Purchasers,  the  directors,  if any,  of such
underwriter and the officers,  if any, of such underwriter,  and each person, if
any, who controls any such underwriter  within the meaning of the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act (each, an "Indemnified Person"), against any losses, claims,
damages,  expenses or liabilities (joint or several) (collectively  "Claims") to
which any of them become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or
otherwise, insofar as such Claims (or actions or proceedings,  whether commenced
or  threatened,  in respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any of the
following statements,  omissions or violations in the Registration Statement, or
any post-effective  amendment thereof, or any prospectus  included therein:  (i)
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the  Registration  Statement  or any  post-effective  amendment  thereof  or the
omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  (ii)
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
any  preliminary  prospectus  if  used  prior  to the  effective  date  of  such
Registration  Statement,  or  contained in the final  prospectus  (as amended or
supplemented,  if the Company files any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto
with the SEC) or the omission or alleged  omission to state therein any material
fact necessary to make the statements made therein, not misleading, or (iii) any
violation  or alleged  violation  by the  Company  of the  Securities  Act,  the
Exchange Act or any state  securities law or any rule or regulation (the matters
in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) being,  collectively,  "Violations").
Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(c) with respect to the number
of legal  counsel,  the Company  shall  reimburse the  Purchasers  and each such
underwriter  or controlling  person,  promptly as such expenses are incurred and
are due and payable, for any legal fees or other reasonable expenses incurred by
them  in   connection   with   investigating   or  defending   any  such  Claim.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, the  indemnification
agreement  contained in this Section 6(a): (A) shall not apply to a Claim by any
Indemnified  Person or Underwriter for such Indemnified Person arising out of or
based upon a Violation  which  occurs in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information  furnished in writing to the Company by such  Indemnified  Person or
underwriter for such Indemnified Person expressly for use in connection with the
preparation  of the  Registration  Statement  or any such  amendment  thereof or
supplement  thereto, if such prospectus was timely made available by the Company
pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof; (B) with respect to any preliminary  prospectus
shall not inure to the benefit of any such person from whom the person asserting
any such Claim purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof
(or  to the  benefit  of any  person  controlling  such  person)  if the  untrue
statement or omission of material fact contained in the  preliminary  prospectus
was  corrected  in  the  prospectus,  as  then  amended  or  supplemented,  if a
prospectus  was timely made  available  by the Company  pursuant to Section 3(c)
hereof;  and (C) shall not apply to amounts paid in  settlement  of any Claim if
such  settlement is effected  without the prior written  consent of the Company,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such indemnity shall remain in
full force and effect  regardless of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of
the  Indemnified  Persons  and shall  survive the  transfer  of the  Registrable
Securities by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 9.

                     (b) In connection with any Registration  Statement in which
a Purchaser is  participating,  each such Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless,  to the same extent and in the same manner set forth in Section  6(a),
the  Company,  each  of its  directors,  each  of its  officers  who  signs  the
Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any underwriter and any other
stockholder selling securities pursuant to the Registration  Statement or any of
its  directors  or  officers  or any person who  controls  such  stockholder  or
underwriter  within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act or the  Exchange  Act
(collectively and together with an Indemnified Person, an "Indemnified  Party"),
against any Claim to which any of them may become subject,  under the Securities
Act, the Exchange  Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such Claim arises out of or is
based upon any  Violation,  in each case to the extent  (and only to the extent)
that such  Violation  occurs in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written
information  furnished  to the Company by such  Purchaser  expressly  for use in
connection with such  Registration  Statement,  and such Purchaser will promptly
reimburse any legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred by them in connection
with  investigating  or defending any such Claim;  provided,  however,  that the
indemnity  agreement  contained  in this Section 6(b) shall not apply to amounts
paid in settlement of any Claim if such settlement is effected without the prior
written  consent of such  Purchaser,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld;  provided further,  however, that the Purchasers shall be liable under
this  Section  6(b) for only that  amount of a Claim as does not  exceed the net
proceeds to such  Purchaser  as a result of the sale of  Registrable  Securities
pursuant to such  Registration  Statement.  Such indemnity  shall remain in full
force and effect  regardless of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of such
Indemnified  Party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable  Securities
by the  Purchasers  pursuant  to  Section  9.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the
contrary  contained  herein,  the  indemnification  agreement  contained in this
Section 6(b) with respect to any preliminary  prospectus  shall not inure to the
benefit of any Indemnified Party if the untrue statement or omission of material
fact contained in the preliminary  prospectus was corrected on a timely basis in
the prospectus, as then amended or supplemented.

                     (c)  Promptly  after  receipt by an  Indemnified  Person or
Indemnified  Party  under this  Section 6 of notice of the  commencement  of any
action  (including  any  governmental   action),   such  Indemnified  Person  or
Indemnified  Party shall,  if a Claim in respect  thereof is to made against any
indemnifying  party under this  Section 6, deliver to the  indemnifying  party a
written notice of the  commencement  thereof and such  indemnifying  party shall
have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the  indemnifying  party so
desires,  jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume
control  of the  defense  thereof  with  counsel  mutually  satisfactory  to the
indemnifying  parties;   provided,   however,  that  an  Indemnified  Person  or
Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,  with the fees
and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the reasonable opinion
of counsel  retained  by the  indemnifying  party,  the  representation  by such
counsel of the  Indemnified  Person or  Indemnified  Party and the  indemnifying
party would be  inappropriate  due to actual or  potential  differing  interests
between such Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party and other party represented
by such counsel in such proceeding.  The Company shall pay for only one separate
legal  counsel for the  Purchasers;  such legal counsel shall be selected by the
Purchasers  holding a majority in interest of the  Registrable  Securities.  The
failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying  party within a reasonable
time of the commencement of any such action shall not relieve such  indemnifying
party of any liability to the Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party under this
Section 6, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced in its
ability to defend such action.  The  indemnification  required by this Section 6
shall be made by periodic  payments of the amount  thereof  during the course of
the  investigation  or defense,  as such expense,  loss,  damage or liability is
incurred and is due and payable.

           7.  Contribution.  To the extent  any  indemnification  provided  for
herein is  prohibited or limited by law, the  indemnifying  party agrees to make
the  maximum  contribution  with  respect  to any  amounts  for  which  it would
otherwise  be liable  under  Section 6 to the fullest  extent  permitted by law;
provided,  however,  that (i) no contribution shall be made under  circumstances
where the maker would not have been liable for  indemnification  under the fault
standards  set forth in  Section  6, (ii) no  seller of  Registrable  Securities
guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the  Securities  Act)  shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any  seller of
Registrable Securities who was not guilty of such fraudulent  misrepresentation,
and (iii) contribution by any seller of Registrable  Securities shall be limited
in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such seller from the sale of
such Registrable Securities.

           8. Reports under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to
the Purchasers the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act or
any other  similar rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit the
Purchasers to sell securities of the Company to the public without  registration
("Rule 144"), the Company agrees to:

                     (a) File with the SEC in a timely  manner and make and keep
available  all reports  and other  documents  required of the Company  under the
Exchange Act so long as the Company remains subject to such requirements and the
filing and  availability of such reports and other documents is required for the
applicable provisions of Rule 144;

                     (b) Furnish to each Purchaser so long as the Company is not
subject to  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act,  such other  information
necessary for compliance with Rule 144(c)(2) of the Exchange Act; and

                     (c)  Furnish to each  Purchaser  so long as such  Purchaser
holds Registrable Securities,  promptly upon request, (i) a written statement by
the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and
the Exchange Act,  (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly  report of
the Company and such other  reports and  documents so filed by the Company,  and
(iii)  such  other  information  as may be  reasonably  requested  to permit the
Purchasers to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration.

           9. Assignment of Registration  Rights. The rights to have the Company
register  Registrable  Securities  pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or
otherwise transferred by a Purchaser to (a) any affiliate of such Purchaser, (b)
any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual  Purchaser,  or (c)
any transferee who acquires no less than 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities
(collectively, "Permitted Transferrees"), provided that (i) the Purchaser agrees
in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such rights,  and a copy of
such agreement is furnished to the Company  within a reasonable  time after such
assignment, (ii) the Company is, within a reasonable time prior to such transfer
or  assignment,  furnished  with written  notice of the name and address of such
transferee  or  assignee  and  the   securities   with  respect  to  which  such
registration  rights are being  transferred  or assigned,  (iii)  following such
transfer  or  assignment  the  further  disposition  of such  securities  by the
transferee or assignee is restricted  under the  Securities  Act and  applicable
state  securities  laws,  (iv) at or before the time the  Company  received  the
written notice  contemplated by clause (ii) of this sentence,  the transferee or
assignee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the provisions
contained herein,  (v) such transfer shall have been made in accordance with the
applicable  requirements  of the Purchase  Agreement,  and (vi) such  transferee
shall  be an  "accredited  investor"  as that  term is  defined  in Rule  501 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

           10.  Amendment of Registration  Rights.  Provisions of this Agreement
may be amended and the observance  thereof may be waived (either generally or in
a particular  instance and either  retroactively or prospectively) only with the
written  consent of the Company and Purchasers  who hold a majority  interest of
the Registrable Securities.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with
this Section 10 shall be binding upon each Purchaser and the Company.

           11. Miscellaneous.

                     (a) Conflicting Instructions.  A person or entity is deemed
to be a holder of Registrable  Securities whenever such person or entity owns of
record  such  Registrable  Securities.   If  the  Company  receives  conflicting
instructions,  notices or elections  from two or more  persons or entities  with
respect to the same Registrable Securities, the Company shall act upon the basis
of instructions,  notice or election  received from the registered owner of such
Registrable Securities.

                     (b) Notices.  Any notices required or permitted to be given
under the terms of this Agreement  shall be sent by certified or registered mail
(with return receipt requested) or delivered personally or by courier (including
a   nationally   recognized   overnight   delivery   service)  or  by  facsimile
transmission.  Any notice so given  shall be deemed  effective  three days after
being deposited in the U.S. Mail, or upon receipt if delivered  personally or by
courier or  facsimile  transmission,  in each case  addressed  to a party at the
following  address or such other  address  as each such party  furnishes  to the
other in accordance with this Section 11(b):

                     If to the Company:

                               nex-i.com inc.
                               7 Wall Street
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Ira A. Baseman, President and CEO
                               Telephone No. (609) 497-9400
                               Facsimile No. (609) 497-9433

                     With a copy to:

                               Smith, Stratton, Wise, Heher & Brennan
                               600 College Road East
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Richard J. Pinto, Esq.
                               Telephone No.  (609) 987-6650
                               Facsimile No.  (609) 987-6651

                     If to AlphaNet:

                               AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.
                               7 Ridgedale Avenue
                               Cedar Knolls, New Jersey 07927
                               Attention: Jack Adler, Esq., Senior VP,
                                          Secretary and General Counsel
                               Telephone No.  (973) 889-3813
                               Facsimile No.  (973) 898-9694

                     With a copy to:

                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No. (973) 966-1550

                     If to Fallen Angel:

                               Fallen Angel Equity Fund, L.P.
                               c/o Fallen Angel Capital LLC
                               960 Holmdel Road
                               Holmdel, New Jersey 07733
                               Attention: Ira Cohen
                               Telephone No.  (732) 946-2000
                               Facsimile No.  (732) 946-0519

                     With a copy to:

                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No.  (973) 966-1550

                     If to Steffens:

                               John L. Steffens
                               358 Wendover Drive
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Each party shall provide notice to the other party of any change in address.

                     (c) Waiver.  Failure of any party to exercise  any right or
remedy under this Agreement or otherwise, or delay by a party in exercising such
right or remedy, shall not operate as a waiver thereof.

                     (d) Governing Law:  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement  shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey
other than the conflict  laws.  The parties  hereto  irrevocably  consent to the
jurisdiction  of the United States federal courts in New Jersey and state courts
located  in the  County of Morris  in the  State of New  Jersey,  in any suit or
proceeding  based  on or  arising  under  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  irrevocably  agree that all claims in respect of such
suit or  proceeding  may be  determined  in such  courts.  The  Company and each
Purchaser  irrevocably  waives  the  defense  of an  inconvenient  forum  to the
maintenance  of such suit or  proceeding  in such  forum.  The  Company and each
Purchaser  further  agrees  that  service  of process  upon the  Company or such
Purchaser,  as  applicable,  mailed by the first class mail in  accordance  with
Section 11(b) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon
the  Company or such  Purchaser  in any suit or  proceeding  arising  hereunder.
Nothing herein shall affect any Purchaser's  right to serve process in any other
manner  permitted by law. The parties  hereto agree that a final  non-appealable
judgment in any such suit or proceeding  shall be conclusive and may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on such judgment or in any other lawful manner.
The parties hereto irrevocably waive any right to trial by jury under applicable
law.

                     (e)  Severability.  In the event that any provision of this
Agreement is invalid or  unenforceable  under any applicable  statute or rule of
law, then such provision  shall be deemed  inoperative to the extent that it may
conflict  therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or
rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under
any law shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other provision
hereof.

                     (f)  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the  Purchase
Agreement  (including all schedules and exhibits thereto)  constitute the entire
agreement  among the parties  hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof.
There are no  restrictions,  promises,  warranties or  undertakings,  other than
those set forth or referred to herein or therein.  This Agreement supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof.

                     (g) Successors and Assigns.  Subject to the requirements of
Section 9 hereof,  this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

                     (h)  Use of  Pronouns.  All  pronouns  and  any  variations
thereof refer to the masculine,  feminine or neuter,  singular or plural, as the
context may require.

                     (i) Headings. The headings and subheadings in the Agreement
are for  convenience of reference  only and shall not limit or otherwise  affect
the meaning hereof.

                     (j) Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or
more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which
shall constitute one and the same agreement.  This Agreement, once executed by a
party, may be delivered to the other party hereto by facsimile transmission, and
facsimile signatures shall be binding on the parties hereto.

                     (k) Further Acts. Each party shall do and perform, or cause
to be done and  performed,  all such further acts and things,  and shall execute
and deliver all such other agreements, certificates,  instruments and documents,
as the other party may  reasonably  request in order to carry out the intent and
accomplish  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                     (l) Remedies.  No provision of this Agreement providing for
any  remedy to any party  shall  limit  any  remedy  which  would  otherwise  be
available to such Purchaser at law or in equity. Nothing in this Agreement shall
limit any  rights a  Purchaser  may have with any  applicable  federal  or state
securities laws with respect to the investment  contemplated hereby. The Company
acknowledges  that  a  breach  by it of its  obligations  hereunder  will  cause
irreparable  harm to a Purchaser.  Accordingly,  the Company and the  Purchasers
acknowledge that the remedy at law for a breach of their respective  obligations
under this  Agreement  will be inadequate  and that, in the event of a breach or
threatened  breach  by the  Company  or  the  Purchasers,  respectively,  of the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  that a Purchaser or the Company,  respectively,
shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction
restraining any breach and requiring immediate compliance, without the necessity
of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

                     (m) Consents.  All consents and other  determinations to be
made by the Purchasers  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be made by Purchasers
holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, determined as if all shares of
Preferred Stock of the Company issued in the offering had been converted into or
exercised for Registrable Securities.

                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed as of the date first above
written.

NEX-I.COM INC.


By:      /s/ Ira Baseman
- -------------------------------
Name:  Ira Baseman
Title: President & CEO

PURCHASERS:


 /s/ John S. Steffens
- -------------------------------
John L. Steffens


ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.


By:   /s/ Donald A. Deieso
- -------------------------------
Name:   Donald A. Deieso
Title:  President and CEO

FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY FUND, L.P.


By:  /s/ Ira Cohen
- -------------------------------
Name:  Ira Cohen
Title: Limited Partner

<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit A

                           TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCTIONS

                                ________ __, 2000

[Transfer Agent]
[Street Address]
[City, State, Zip]

           Reference  is made to that  certain  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,
dated as of January 14, 2000 (the "Purchase Agreement"),  by and among nex-i.com
inc., a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"),  and each of AlphaNet Solutions,
Inc.,  Fallen Angel Equity Fund,  L.P. and John L. Steffens  (collectively,  the
"Holders"),  pursuant to which the  Company is issuing to the Holders  shares of
the Company's Series A Convertible  Participating  Preferred  Shares,  Par Value
$0.01 per  share  (the  "Preferred  Shares").  This  letter  shall  serve as our
irrevocable  authorization  and  direction  to you  (provided  that  you are the
transfer agent of the Company at such time) to issue up to ___________ shares of
the Company's  common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock") upon
conversion  of the  Preferred  Shares (the  "Conversion  Shares") to or upon the
order of a Holder from time to time upon:

           1.  Surrender to you by the Company of a properly  completed and duly
           executed Conversion Notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A,
           and delivery to the Company of  certificates  representing  Preferred
           Shares  being  converted  (or  an  indemnification  undertaking  with
           respect  to  such  shares  in  the  case  of  their  loss,  theft  or
           destruction);

           AND

           2.  Written   confirmation   from  counsel  to  the  Company  that  a
           registration  statement covering resales of the Conversion Shares has
           been declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
           under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

           Certificates  representing  the Conversion  Shares shall not bear any
legend  restricting  transfer of the Conversion Shares thereby and should not be
subject  to  any  stop-transfer  restriction;  provided,  however,  that  if the
Conversion  Shares are not  registered  for resale under the  Securities  Act of
1933,  as amended,  or otherwise  may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144, then the
certificates for Conversion Shares shall bear the following legend:

                     "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT
                     BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  AS
                     AMENDED,  OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
                     STATES.  THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE
                     OFFERED OR SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
                     AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  FOR THE  SECURITIES
                     UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS OFFERED, SOLD OR
                     TRANSFERRED  PURSUANT TO AN  AVAILABLE  EXEMPTION  FROM THE
                     REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE LAWS."

and,  provided,  further  that the  Company  may from time to time notify you to
place  stop-transfer  restrictions on the certificates for the Conversion Shares
in the event a registration  statement covering the Conversion Shares is subject
to amendment.

           Please be advised that the Holders are relying upon this letter as an
inducement to enter into the Purchase Agreement and, accordingly, each Holder is
a third party beneficiary to these instructions.

           Should you have any questions concerning this matter,  please contact
me at 609-497-9400.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      NEX-I.COM INC.


                                      By: _____________________________________
                                                 Ira A. Baseman, President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
[TRANSFER AGENT]

By: ____________________________________
Name: __________________________________
Title: _________________________________
Date: __________________________________

<PAGE>

                                    Exhibit A
                              NOTICE OF CONVERSION

To:        nex-i.com inc.
           7 Wall Street
           Princeton, New Jersey  08540
           Telecopy:  (609) 497-9400
           Attention:  President

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to convert _____ Preferred Shares (the
"Conversion"), into ______ shares of Common Stock ("Common Shares") of nex-i.com
inc. (the "Company") according to the conditions set forth in the Certificate of
Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation  of the Company (the  "Certificate
of Amendment")  as of the date written below.  If securities are to be issued in
the name of a person other than the  undersigned,  the undersigned  will pay all
transfer  taxes  payable  with  respect  thereto.  No fee will be charged to the
holder for any  conversion  except  for  transfer  taxes,  if any. A copy of the
certificate  evidencing  the  shares  being  converted  is  attached  hereto (or
evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof).

The  undersigned  represents  and  warrants  that all  offers  and  sales by the
undersigned of the securities issuable to the undersigned upon conversion of the
Preferred  Shares shall be made  pursuant to  registration  of the Common Shares
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act") or  pursuant to an
exemption from registration under the Act.

In the event of partial conversion, please reissue an appropriate certificate(s)
for the Preferred Shares which shall not have been converted.

Effective Date of Conversion: ___________________

Applicable Conversion Price: ___________________

Amount  of   Accrued   and   Unpaid   Dividends   to  be   Converted,   if  any:
__________________

Amount of Illiquidity Payments to be Converted, if any: ____________________

Amount of Delay Compensation to be Converted, if any: ___________________

Amount of Delisting Payments to be Converted, if any: ____________________

Number of Common Shares to be Issued: ___________________

Issue Common Shares in the Name of: ___________________

Signature:
Name:
Address:

* The  Company  is not  required  to issue  Common  Shares  until  the  original
Preferred Share certificates (or evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof)
to be converted are received by the Company or its transfer  agent.  The Company
shall issue and deliver  Common Shares to the holder not later than the later of
(a) three (3) business days  following  receipt of this Notice of Conversion and
(b) the date of surrender of the  Preferred  Share  certificates  or evidence of
loss, theft, or destruction thereof).

AGREED TO BY NEX-I.COM INC.

- --------------------------------------
By:        Name:
           Title:






                                CO-SALE AGREEMENT


           THIS  CO-SALE  AGREEMENT,  (the  "Agreement")  is entered  into as of
January 14, 2000,  by and among  NEX-I.COM  INC. a New Jersey  corporation  (the
"Company"),  with its principal office located at 7 Wall Street,  Princeton, New
Jersey  08540,  ALPHANET  SOLUTIONS,  INC.,  a New Jersey  corporation  with its
principal office located at 7 Ridgedale Avenue,  Cedar Knolls,  New Jersey 07927
("AlphaNet"),  FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY FUND, L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership,
with its principal office located at 960 Holmdel Road, Holmdel, New Jersey 07733
("Fallen  Angel"),  JOHN L.  STEFFENS,  an  individual  residing at 358 Wendover
Drive,  Princeton,  New Jersey 08540 ("Steffens," and together with AlphaNet and
Fallen Angel, the "Purchasers") and IRA A. BASEMAN,  an individual residing at 5
Van Kirk  Road,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540  ("Baseman,"  together  with the
Purchasers and the Company, the "Parties," and each separately, a "Party").


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


           WHEREAS,  in connection with the Securities  Purchase Agreement dated
as of the  date  hereof,  by and  among  the  Purchasers  and the  Company  (the
"Purchase Agreement") and the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date
hereof, by and between the Purchasers and the Company (the "Registration  Rights
Agreement"),  the  Company  has  agreed,  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions of the Purchase  Agreement,  to issue and sell to the Purchasers (the
"Offering") 3,937,500 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Participating
Preferred  Shares  (the  "Preferred  Shares"),  convertible  into  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the "Common  Stock").  The
shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  into  which the  Preferred  Shares  are
convertible are referred to herein as the "Common Shares;"

           WHEREAS, the Purchasers and the Company have agreed that in the event
that the Company  proposes to offer equity  securities  or any other  securities
which are convertible into equity  securities of the Company or options therefor
("Securities")  to any  person  (with  certain  exceptions  set forth in Section
1.1.1(b)  hereof),  the  Purchasers  shall have the right to purchase up to each
Purchaser's  pro-rata portion of such equity  securities at a price and upon the
same terms and  conditions  as the proposed  offer to such person  (defined more
fully in Section 1.1.1(a)(i) herein as, the "Right of First Refusal");

           WHEREAS, the Purchasers and the Company have agreed that the Right of
First  Refusal shall not be  applicable  to the initial  public  offering of the
Common Stock by the Company  pursuant to the filing of a Registration  Statement
with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "IPO"), and that the Right of First Refusal will terminate
upon an IPO or  subsequent  public  offering  in  which  all of the  outstanding
Preferred  Shares are converted into Common Shares,  whereby the public offering
price is not less than $10.00 per share,  adjusted for any stock  splits,  stock
combinations, stock dividends and other such recapitalizations, which results in
the Company receiving no less than $20 million, net of underwriting  commissions
and expenses (a "Qualified IPO");

           WHEREAS, Baseman holds 3,282,920 shares of Common Stock (the "Baseman
Shares");

           WHEREAS,  the  Purchasers  and  the  Company  have  agreed  that as a
condition  to the  Closing  of the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Purchase
Agreement,  the Purchasers,  the Company and Baseman shall agree that (i) in the
event that Baseman proposes to transfer the Baseman Shares, or any part thereof,
prior to the  consummation  of a Qualified IPO, the Company shall have the right
to purchase  the Baseman  Shares  from  Baseman,  and (ii) in the event that the
Company fails to purchase the Baseman  Shares,  or any part thereof,  under such
circumstances,  then the Purchasers (or their  permitted  successors or assigns)
shall have the right to either purchase such shares,  or any portion thereof not
purchased  by the  Company,  on a pro rata  basis,  prior  to any  such  sale or
transfer  (defined more fully in Section 1.1.3(a) herein as, the "Baseman Shares
Right of First  Refusal") or  participate  in the  proposed  transfer or sale by
Baseman as hereinafter set forth; and

           WHEREAS,  the  Purchasers,  the Company  and  Baseman  agree that the
Baseman  Shares Right of First  Refusal  shall not be  applicable to the IPO and
that  the  Baseman  Shares  Right  of  First  Refusal  will  terminate  upon the
consummation of a Qualified IPO.


                                   AGREEMENTS


           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the mutual
covenants contained herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I


           1.1.       Proposed Offers by the Company.

                     1.1.1      Right of First Refusal.

                               (a) In the event  that,  at any time or from time
to time on or before January 13, 2006, the Company  proposes to offer Securities
(a  "Proposed  Offering"),  other than in a  Permitted  Offering  (as defined in
Section 1.1.1(b) hereof),  the Company shall provide each of the Purchasers with
at least 20 days prior written notice of such offer (the "Company Sale Notice"),
setting forth the terms and conditions of the Proposed Offering.

                                          (i)    Each    Purchaser    (or   such
Purchaser's  permitted  successors or assigns)  shall have the right to purchase
its pro rata share of the Proposed  Offering  based on the ratio (the  "Purchase
Ratio") of (1) the Common Shares issuable on conversion or exercise of Preferred
Shares  purchased  by such  Purchaser on the Closing Date to (2) all of the then
issued and  outstanding  Common Stock of the Company plus the Common Shares then
issuable upon  conversion or exercise of any preferred  stock,  any warrants and
any convertible debentures, options and other warrants then outstanding,  before
giving effect to the Proposed  Offering (the "Right of First  Refusal").  In the
event  that any  Purchaser  does not  exercise  such  Right of First  Refusal or
exercises  such Right of First Refusal only in part, the Purchasers who exercise
their Right of First  Refusal in full may purchase  such portion of the Proposed
Offering not purchased in full by the Purchasers exercising their Right of First
Refusal, pro rata among such Purchasers, based upon the Purchase Ratio.

                                          (ii) The Right of First  Refusal shall
be exercisable by the Purchasers by written notice to the Parties not later than
10 days after the Purchasers receive the Company Sale Notice.

                               (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section
1.1.1(a)  hereof,  the  Right of First  Refusal  shall  not apply to (i) up to 1
million  shares of Common  Stock  sold to  Strategic  Investors  (as  defined in
Section 1.1.1(c)  hereof),  (ii) any issuance by the Company of stock options or
other equity  incentives  pursuant to employee  stock option plans and incentive
warrant plans as may hereafter be approved by the Board of Directors,  including
the  approval  of  both of the  two  directors  elected  by the  holders  of the
Preferred Shares, (iii) any issuance pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred
Shares,  (iv) any  issuance  pursuant  to any stock  dividend in on, or upon any
subdivision  or  combination  of shares  of the  Common  Stock or the  Preferred
Shares,  (v) any  issuance  pursuant to a firm  commitment  underwritten  public
offering,  (vi) the IPO or (vii) any issuance in connection  with an acquisition
of, or merger with,  another  company by the Company  (collectively,  "Permitted
Offerings").

                               (c)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   a
"Strategic  Investor"  shall  mean any  person  or entity  which has a  material
business, technology or commercial relationship with the Company, in addition to
any equity  financing  provided by such person or entity,  as determined in good
faith by the Board,  including the approval of both of the two directors elected
to the Board by the  holders  of the  Preferred  Shares,  provided,  that if the
holders of Preferred Shares are no longer entitled to elect such directors, then
the approval of the holders of 60% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares must
be obtained to make such determination.

                               (d) The Right of First  Refusal  shall  terminate
upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

           1.2       Proposed Offers by a Purchaser.

                     1.2.1     Right of First Refusal and Tag Along Rights

                               (a) In the event that  prior to the  consummation
of a Qualified  IPO, a Purchaser  (a  "Selling  Purchaser")  desires to sell any
Securities  held by such Selling  Purchaser  ("Sale  Shares") to any  Accredited
Investor (as defined in Section 1.2.1(b)  hereof),  such Purchaser shall provide
each other  Purchaser (the  "Non-Selling  Purchasers"),  the Company and Baseman
with at least 20 days prior  written  notice of such sale (the  "Purchaser  Sale
Notice"), setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

                                          (i)  Right  of  First  Refusal.   Upon
receipt of the Purchaser Sale Notice,  the Company may purchase from the Selling
Purchaser any and all of the Securities  offered by such Purchaser  prior to any
proposed transfer, and, in the event that the Company fails to purchase all such
Securities, or any part thereof, then Baseman and each Non-Selling Purchaser (or
their permitted successors or assigns), in lieu of exercising the Purchaser Sale
Tag-Along Options (as defined in Section  1.2.1(a)(ii)  hereof),  shall have the
right to purchase their Pro-Rata Share of all of the Securities not purchased by
the Company  (based on the  percentage  of the  Conversion  Shares owned by each
Purchaser), prior to any transfer (the "Purchaser Sale Right of First Refusal").
The  Purchaser  Sale Right of First Refusal shall not apply to the IPO, and will
terminate upon the  consummation of a Qualified IPO. The Purchaser Sale Right of
First Refusal shall be exercisable by the Non-Selling  Purchasers and Baseman by
written  notice  to the each of the  Parties  not later  than 10 days  after the
Non-Selling   Purchasers   and  Baseman   receive  the  Purchaser  Sale  Notice.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   collectively,  Baseman  and  the  Non-Selling
Purchasers shall exercise the Purchaser Sale Right of First Refusal with respect
to  either  (A) all of the Sale  Shares or (B) none of the Sale  Shares.  In the
event that Baseman, a Non-Selling  Purchaser or Non-Selling  Purchasers exercise
their  Purchaser  Sale Right of First  Refusal  with respect to the Sale Shares,
Baseman, such Non-Selling  Purchaser or Non-Selling  Purchasers (as the case may
be) must collectively purchase 100% of the Sale Shares.

                                          (ii)    Tag-Along     Rights.     Each
Non-Selling  Purchaser  and Baseman (or their  permitted  successors or assigns)
shall  have the option  (the  "Purchaser  Sale  Tag-Along  Option"),  in lieu of
exercising the Purchaser Sale Right of First Refusal,  to join in the sale as to
the same percentage of Conversion Shares held by the Non-Selling  Purchasers and
Baseman as the  percentage  of Sale  Shares to be sold  bears to the  Conversion
Shares held by the Selling  Purchaser,  and on the same purchase price per share
and other terms as the Sale  Shares  (including  the  payment of  expenses  with
respect to such sale on a pro-rata  basis).  The Purchaser Sale Tag-Along Option
shall be exercisable by the Non-Selling Purchasers and Baseman by written notice
to the  Selling  Purchaser  and the  Company  not later  than 10 days  after the
Non-Selling  Purchasers and Baseman  receive the Purchaser  Sale Notice.  In the
event that the proposed transferees of Sale Shares are unwilling to purchase the
total  shares  proposed to be  transferred  by the  Non-Selling  Purchasers  and
Baseman pursuant to the Purchaser Sale Tag-Along Option (the  "Tag-Alongs")  and
the Selling  Purchaser's shares, the number of shares offered to the transferees
by each of Baseman,  the Selling  Purchaser and the Tag-Alongs  shall be reduced
pro rata so that the offer  consists of pro rata portions of the Baseman  Shares
and the shares offered by the  Tag-Alongs.  The Purchaser Sale Tag-Along  Option
shall be  exercisable  by each of the  Non-Selling  Purchasers  and  Baseman  by
written  notice  to each of the  Parties  not  later  than  10  days  after  the
Non-Selling Purchasers and Baseman receive the Purchaser Sale Notice.

                               (b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  an
"Accredited  Investor"  shall  mean any Person who  qualifies  as an  accredited
investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the   "Securities   Act").  A  "Person"  shall  mean  any  individual,
corporation,   limited  liability   company,   partnership,   limited  liability
partnership,  joint venture, trust or unincorporated  organization,  joint stock
Company or other  similar  organization,  government  or  political  subdivision
thereof,  court or any other  legal  entity,  whether  acting in an  individual,
fiduciary or other capacity.



<PAGE>


           1.3       Proposed Offers by Baseman.

                     1.3.1     Right of First Refusal and Tag-Along Rights.

                               (a) In the event  that at any time,  or from time
to time,  prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, Baseman proposes to sell
or otherwise transfer the Baseman Shares, or any part thereof, to any Accredited
Investor or Accredited  Investors,  Baseman shall provide each Purchaser and the
Company with at least 30 days prior  written  notice of such sale (the  "Baseman
Sale Notice"), setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

                                          (i)  Baseman  Shares  Right  of  First
Refusal.  Upon receipt of the Baseman Sale Notice, the Company may purchase from
Baseman all or any part of the Baseman  Shares  offered by Baseman  prior to any
proposed  transfer,  and,  in the event that the Company  fails to purchase  the
Baseman  Shares,  or any part thereof,  then the Purchasers (or their  permitted
successors  or assigns),  in lieu of  exercising  their  Baseman Sale  Tag-Along
Options (as  defined in Section  1.3.1(a)(ii)  hereof),  shall have the right to
purchase each  Purchaser's  Pro-Rata  Share of the Baseman  Shares (based on the
percentage of Conversion  Shares owned by each  Purchaser)  not purchased by the
Company, or any part thereof, prior to any sale or transfer (the "Baseman Shares
Right of First  Refusal").  The Baseman  Shares Right of First Refusal shall not
apply to the IPO, and will terminate upon the  consummation  of a Qualified IPO.
The Baseman Shares Right of First Refusal shall be exercisable by the Purchasers
by written  notice to Baseman  and the  Company not later than 10 days after the
Purchasers  receive the Baseman  Sale  Notice.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
collectively,  the  Purchasers  shall exercise the Baseman Shares Right of First
Refusal with respect to either (A) all of the Baseman  Shares or (B) none of the
Baseman Shares. In the event that a Purchaser or Purchasers exercise the Baseman
Shares Right of First Refusal with respect to the Baseman Shares, such Purchaser
or Purchasers must collectively purchase 100% of the Baseman Shares.

                                          (ii)  Tag-Along  Rights.  Each  of the
Purchasers shall have the option (the "Baseman Sale Tag-Along Option"),  in lieu
of exercising the Baseman Shares Right of First Refusal,  to join in the sale as
to the same  percentage  of  Conversion  Shares  held by the  Purchasers  as the
percentage of the Baseman  Shares to be sold, and on the same purchase price per
share and other terms as the Baseman Shares to be sold (including the payment of
expenses  with  respect  to such sale on a pro-rata  basis).  The  Baseman  Sale
Tag-Along Option (i) shall be exercisable by the Purchasers by written notice to
Baseman and the Company not later than 10 days after the Purchasers  receive the
Baseman  Sale  Notice,  and (ii) shall not be  applicable  to the IPO,  and will
terminate  upon the  consummation  of a  Qualified  IPO.  In the event  that the
proposed  transferees of the Baseman Shares are unwilling to purchase the shares
proposed  to be  transferred  by the  Purchasers  (the  "Tag-Along  Purchasers")
pursuant to the Baseman Sale Tag-Along  Option,  the number of shares offered to
the  transferees  by each of Baseman and the Baseman Sale  Tag-Along  Purchasers
shall be reduced pro rata so that the offer consists of pro rata portions of the
Baseman  Shares  and  the  Securities  offered  by the  Baseman  Sale  Tag-Along
Purchasers.  The Baseman  Sale  Tag-Along  Option  shall be  exercisable  by the
Purchasers  by written  notice to Baseman and the Company not later than 10 days
after the Purchasers receive the Baseman Sale Notice.

                               (b) The Company and Baseman hereby  represent and
warrant  that all shares of  Securities  held by  Baseman  are free and clear of
liens and all other  encumbrances and are not subject to any other agreements or
understanding  (either oral or written) which oblige  Baseman to sell,  offer to
sell or give notice of sale to any person, except as provided herein.


                                   ARTICLE II

           2.1 Governing Law: Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey other than
the laws with respect to conflicts.  The parties hereto  irrevocably  consent to
the  jurisdiction of the United States federal courts in the State of New Jersey
and the state courts  located in the County of Morris in the State of New Jersey
in any suit or  proceeding  based on or  arising  under  this  Agreement  or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  irrevocably  agree  that all  claims in
respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in such courts. The Parties
each irrevocably  waive the defense of an inconvenient  forum to the maintenance
of such suit or proceeding in such forum. The Parties further agree that service
of process  upon the each of the  Parties,  as  applicable,  mailed by the first
class  mail in  accordance  with  Section  2.6 shall be deemed in every  respect
effective  service of process upon such Party in any suit or proceeding  arising
hereunder. Nothing herein shall affect any Party's right to serve process in any
other manner  permitted by law. The Parties  agree that a final  judgment in any
such  suit or  proceeding  shall  be  conclusive  and may be  enforced  in other
jurisdictions  by suit on such  judgment  or in any  other  lawful  manner.  The
Parties irrevocably waive any right to trial by jury under applicable law.

           2.2  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in two or more
counterparts,  including, without limitation, by facsimile transmission,  all of
which  counterparts  shall be  considered  one and the same  agreement and shall
become effective when  counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered
to the other Parties.  In the event any signature page is delivered by facsimile
transmission,  the Party  using  such means of  delivery  shall  promptly  cause
original executed signature pages to be delivered to the other Parties.

           2.3 Headings.  The headings of this Agreement are for  convenience of
reference  and shall not form part of, or affect  the  interpretation  of,  this
Agreement.

           2.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction,  such invalidity or unenforceability shall
not affect the validity or  enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement or
the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

           2.5 Entire Agreement:  Amendments. This Agreement and the instruments
referenced  herein contain the entire  understanding of the Parties with respect
to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically  set forth
herein or  therein,  none of the  Parties  makes any  representation,  warranty,
covenant or  undertaking  with  respect to such  matters.  No  provision of this
Agreement  may be waived other than by an  instrument  in writing  signed by the
party to be charged with  enforcement  and no provision of this Agreement may be
amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Parties.

           2.6  Notices.  Any notice  herein  required or  permitted to be given
shall  be  in  writing   and  may  be   personally   served  or   delivered   by
nationally-recognized  overnight  courier  or  by  facsimile  machine  confirmed
telecopy,  and shall be deemed  delivered at the time and date of receipt (which
shall include  telephone  line facsimile  transmission).  The addresses for such
communications shall be:

                     If to the Company or to Ira A. Baseman:

                               nex-i.com inc.
                               7 Wall Street
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Ira A. Baseman, President & CEO
                               Telephone No.  (609) 497-9400
                               Facsimile No.  (609) 497-9433

                     With a copy to:

                               Smith, Stratton, Wise, Heher & Brennan
                               600 College Road East
                               Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                               Attention: Richard J. Pinto, Esq.
                               Telephone No.  (609) 987-6650
                               Facsimile No.  (609) 987-6651

                     If to AlphaNet:

                               AlphaNet Solutions, Inc.
                               7 Ridgedale Avenue
                               Cedar Knolls, New Jersey 07927
                               Attention: Jack Adler, Esq., Senior VP,
                                          Secretary & General Counsel
                               Telephone No.  (973) 889-3813
                               Facsimile No.  (973) 898-9694

                     With a copy to:

                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No. (973) 966-1550



<PAGE>


                     If to Fallen Angel:

                               Fallen Angel Equity Fund, L.P.
                               c/o Fallen Angel Capital LLC
                               960 Holmdel Road
                               Holmdel, New Jersey
                               Attention:  Ira Cohen
                               Telephone No.  (732) 946-2000
                               Facsimile No.   (732) 946-0519

                     With a copy to:

                               Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch LLP
                               P.O. Box 1945
                               Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1945
                               Attention: Michael W. Zelenty
                               Telephone No. (973) 966-8200
                               Facsimile No.  (973) 966-1550

                     If to Steffens:

                               John L. Steffens
                               358 Wendover Drive
                               Princeton, NJ 08540

Each party  shall  provide  notice to the other  party in  accordance  with this
Section 2.6 of any change in address.

           2.7 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the  benefit of the  Parties  and their  successors  and  assigns.  The
Parties shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or  obligations  hereunder
without the prior written consent of the other Parties  except,  with respect to
the Company,  in accordance  with the Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a Purchaser  may,  subject to and in compliance
with Section 7.2 of the Purchase Agreement, assign all or part of its rights and
obligations  without  the  consent of the  Company,  and  without the consent of
Baseman,  so long as such  transferee  is an  Accredited  Investor and agrees in
writing to be bound by this Agreement.

           2.8 Third Party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement  is intended for the
benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  permitted  successors  and
assigns (including  transferees  permitted in accordance with Section 2.7 and is
not for the benefit of, nor may any  provision  hereof be enforced by, any other
person.

           2.9 Further Assurances.  Each Party shall do and perform, or cause to
be done and performed,  all such further acts and things,  and shall execute and
deliver all such other agreements,  certificates,  instruments and documents, as
the other  party may  reasonably  request  in order to carry out the  intent and
accomplish  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

           2.10  Remedies.  No provision  of this  Agreement  providing  for any
remedy to a Party shall limit any remedy  which would  otherwise be available to
such Party at law or in equity. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit any rights
a Party may have  under any  applicable  federal or state  securities  laws with
respect  to  the  purchase  of  securities   contemplated   hereby.  Each  Party
acknowledges  that a breach by it of its respective  obligations  hereunder will
cause irreparable harm to each other Party. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge
that the remedy at law for a material breach of its respective obligations under
this  Agreement  will be  inadequate  and  agree,  in the  event of a breach  or
threatened  breach by the a Party of the provisions of this Agreement,  that the
remaining  Parties  shall  be  entitled,  in  addition  to all  other  available
remedies,  to an  injunction  restraining  any  breach and  requiring  immediate
compliance,  without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond
or other security being required.


                           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]


<PAGE>


                     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above
written.

NEX-I.COM INC.


By: /s/ Ira Baseman
- -----------------------
Name:   Ira Baseman
Title:  President & CEO



/s/ Ira A. Baseman
- ------------------
IRA A. BASEMAN


/s/ John L. Steffens
- --------------------
JOHN L. STEFFENS


ALPHANET SOLUTIONS, INC.



By:  /s/ Donald A. Deieso
- ------------------------------
Name:    Donald A. Deieso
Title:   President and CEO


FALLEN ANGEL EQUITY
FUND, L.P.



By: /s/ Ira Cohen
- --------------------------------
Name:   Ira Cohen
Title:  Limited Partner




                                   EXHIBIT 23

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS




      We hereby consent to the  incorporation  by reference in the  Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos.  333-20851,  333-58009 and 333-86521),
of AlphaNet  Solutions,  Inc. and its  Subsidiary  of our report dated March 21,
2000 relating to the financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,
which appears in this Form 10-K.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
- ------------------------------
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Florham Park, New Jersey
March 29, 2000



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This schedule cotnains summary financial informatoin extracted from the Audited
consolidated Financial Stateents of AlphaNet Solutions, Inc. as of December 31,
 1999 and for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1999 and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to such Financial Statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                        U.S.

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                 16,485
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                    29,989
<RECEIVABLES>                                    3,289
<ALLOWANCES>                                     2,533
<INVENTORY>                                     49,322
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                11,860
<PP&E>                                           7,401
<DEPRECIATION>                                  56,021
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  11,481
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            64
<OTHER-SE>                                      43,770
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    56,021
<SALES>                                        136,563
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               136,563
<CGS>                                          110,902
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   24,604
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,936
<INCOME-TAX>                                       794
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,142
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.18<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.18<F1>


<FN>
<F1>
This amount is in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement No. 128.
</FN>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission